-
1 early
'ə:li
1. adverb1) (near the beginning (of a period of time etc): early in my life; early in the afternoon.) en los inicios, al principio; pronto; temprano2) (sooner than others; sooner than usual; sooner than expected or than the appointed time: He arrived early; She came an hour early.) temprano
2. adjective1) (belonging to, or happening, near the beginning of a period of time etc: early morning; in the early part of the century.) temprano2) (belonging to the first stages of development: early musical instruments.) antiguo; los primeros; primitivo3) (happening etc sooner than usual or than expected: the baby's early arrival; It's too early to get up yet.) temprano4) (prompt: I hope for an early reply to my letter.) pronto•- early bird
early adj adv temprano / prontodo you usually get up early? ¿sueles levantarte temprano?tr['ɜːlɪ]1 (before expected) temprano,-a, pronto2 (initial) primero,-a■ what are your earliest memories? ¿cuáles son tus primeros recuerdos?1 (before expected) temprano, pronto; (soon) pronto2 (near beginning) temprano■ early in the morning a primera hora de la mañana, por la mañana temprano3 (in good time) con tiempo, con anticipación\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLat the earliest como muy prontoearlier on antesit's still early days aún es prontoat your earliest convenience con la mayor brevedadthe early bird catches the worm a quien madruga Dios le ayudato have an early night acostarse prontoto make an early start salir tempranoearly bird / early riser madrugador,-raearly man el hombre nombre masculino primitivoearly retirement jubilación nombre femenino anticipadaearly warning system sistema de alerta rojathe early hours / the early morning la madrugadahe arrived early: llegó tempranoas early as possible: lo más pronto posible, cuanto antesten minutes early: diez minutos de adelantothe early stages: las primeras etapasin early May: a principios de mayoearly man: el hombre primitivoearly painting: la pintura antiguahe was early: llegó tempranoearly fruit: frutas tempranerasan early death: una muerte prematuraadj.• adelantado, -a adj.• primero, -a adj.• primitivo, -a adj.• pronto, -a adj.• tempranero, -a adj.• temprano, -a adj.adv.• al principio adv.• temprano adv.
I 'ɜːrli, 'ɜːliadjective -lier, -liest1) ( before expected time) <arrival/elections> anticipadoto be early — \<\<person\>\> llegar* temprano; \<\<baby\>\> adelantarse
the bus was early — el autobús pasó (or salió etc) antes de la hora
2)a) ( before normal time)to have an early night/lunch — acostarse*/comer temprano
early retirement — jubilación f anticipada
b) <crop/variety> temprano, tempranero3) ( far back in time)in the early hours of the morning — en las primeras horas de la mañana, de madrugada
in early June — a principios or a comienzos de junio
from an early age — desde pequeño, desde temprana edad (liter)
5) ( in near future) prontoat the earliest possible moment — lo antes or lo más pronto posible
II
adverb -lier, -liest1) ( before expected time) temprano2) ( before usual time) temprano, pronto (Esp)3) ( long ago)it was known as early as 200 BC — ya se sabía en el año 200 A.C
early in the morning/afternoon — por la mañana/tarde temprano
early in the week/year — a principios de semana/año
5) ( soon) pronto['ɜːlɪ] (compar earlier) (superl earliest)they won't be here till nine at the earliest — por temprano que lleguen no estarán aquí antes de las nueve
1. ADJ1) (=before appointed time)•
to be early — llegar temprano or prontoyou're early! — ¡llegas temprano or pronto!
I was half an hour early for the meeting — llegué a la reunión con media hora de adelanto, llegué a la reunión media hora antes de que empezase
2) (=before usual time) [death, menopause] prematuro, temprano•
to have an early lunch — almorzar temprano, comer temprano•
it was an early summer — el verano se había adelantado, el verano había llegado pronto3) (=soon) pronto•
at your earliest convenience — (Comm) con la mayor brevedad posible4) (=towards beginning)a) (of morning)•
we need two seats on an early flight — necesitamos dos plazas en un vuelo que salga por la mañana temprano or un vuelo a primera hora de la mañana•
to get up at an early hour — levantarse temprano, levantarse de madrugada•
it was early in the morning — era muy de mañana, era muy tempranob) [period, process]the early days/months/years of sth — los primeros días/meses/años de algo
in the early 60s/70s — a principios de los 60/70
she's in her early forties/seventies — tiene poco más de cuarenta/setenta años, tiene cuarenta/setenta y pocos (años)
in early January/March — a principios de enero/marzo
it's still early — (in process) es pronto todavía
from an early age — desde pequeño, desde una edad temprana frm
it flowers from early spring to early autumn — florece desde principios de la primavera a principios del otoño
•
the disease is hard to detect in its early stages — es difícil detectar la enfermedad en sus fases inicialesit's early days yet —
we may have to modify the plans, but it's early days yet — (esp Brit) quizás tengamos que modificar los planes, pero aún es pronto para saberlo
5) (=first) [man, Church] primitivo; [settlers, pioneers, Christians] primer6) (Hort) [fruit, vegetable, crop] temprano2. ADV1) (=ahead of time) [arrive, leave, get up, go to bed] temprano, prontohe arrived ten minutes early — llegó diez minutos antes de la hora, llegó con diez minutos de anticipación
- early to bed, early to risebright 2.2) (=soon) prontoas early as possible — lo más pronto posible, cuanto antes
3) (=towards beginning of sth)a) (in morning) tempranoyou get up too early — te levantas demasiado temprano, madrugas demasiado
b) (in period, process)•
early in sth, early in the afternoon — a primera hora de la tarde•
early last century — a principios del siglo pasado•
early next year — a principios del año que viene•
early on in his career — en los primeros años de su carreraearlier on — anteriormente, antes
•
early this month — a principios de (este) mes3.CPDearly bird * N — madrugador(a) m / f
early closing N — (also: early-closing day) (Brit) día en que muchas tiendas solo abren por la mañana
early riser N — madrugador(a) m / f
early warning radar system N — sistema m de radar de alerta temprana
early warning system N — sistema m de alarma temprana or precoz, sistema m de alerta temprana or precoz
pain acts as the body's early warning system — el dolor actúa como un sistema de alarma or alerta precoz
* * *
I ['ɜːrli, 'ɜːli]adjective -lier, -liest1) ( before expected time) <arrival/elections> anticipadoto be early — \<\<person\>\> llegar* temprano; \<\<baby\>\> adelantarse
the bus was early — el autobús pasó (or salió etc) antes de la hora
2)a) ( before normal time)to have an early night/lunch — acostarse*/comer temprano
early retirement — jubilación f anticipada
b) <crop/variety> temprano, tempranero3) ( far back in time)in the early hours of the morning — en las primeras horas de la mañana, de madrugada
in early June — a principios or a comienzos de junio
from an early age — desde pequeño, desde temprana edad (liter)
5) ( in near future) prontoat the earliest possible moment — lo antes or lo más pronto posible
II
adverb -lier, -liest1) ( before expected time) temprano2) ( before usual time) temprano, pronto (Esp)3) ( long ago)it was known as early as 200 BC — ya se sabía en el año 200 A.C
early in the morning/afternoon — por la mañana/tarde temprano
early in the week/year — a principios de semana/año
5) ( soon) pronto -
2 Historical Portugal
Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims inPortugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and theChurch (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict untilUN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU. -
3 marcar
v.1 to mark.ese acontecimiento marcó su vida her life was marked by that eventmarcar el ritmo to beat the rhythmElla marca los paquetes She marks the packages.Ella marca el territorio She marks=delimits the territory.2 to mark, to indicate.la cruz marca el lugar donde está enterrado el tesoro the cross marks o indicates (the spot) where the treasure is buried3 to dial.Ella marca su número She dials his phone number.4 to read.5 to price (poner precio a).6 to score (sport) (tanto).7 to set (cabello).8 to leave a mark on, to pit, to nick.María marcó el mueble Mary left a mark on the piece of furniture.9 to earmark.María marcó la página Mary earmarked the page.10 to put a brand on, to brand, to mark.El vaquero marca el ganado The cowboy puts a brand on the cattle.11 to tick off, to jot down, to tick.Ella marca los goles She ticks off the goals.* * *2 (herir físicamente) to slash; (traumatizar) to mark3 DEPORTE (gol, canasta) to score4 DEPORTE (al contrario) to mark5 (pelo) to set6 (cantidad) to indicate, show■ ¿qué precio marca la etiqueta? what's the price on the tag?7 (en teléfono) to dial8 (resaltar) to show\marcar el compás to mark the rhythmmarcar el paso to mark timemarcarse un farol to show offmarcarse un tanto, marcarse un triunfo to score points* * *verb1) to mark2) brand3) score4) indicate5) dial* * *1. VT1) (=señalar)a) [+ objeto, ropa] to mark; [+ ganado] to brandha marcado las toallas con mis iniciales — she has put my initials on the towels, she has marked the towels with my initials
seguimos el procedimiento marcado por la ley — we followed the procedures required o laid down by law
¿qué precio marca la etiqueta? — (Com) what's the price (marked) on the label?
están marcando las camisas — (Com) they are putting prices on the shirts, they are pricing the shirts
b) [+ límites] to markc) (Inform) [+ bloque, texto] to flagd) (Mús) [+ partitura] to mark up2) [experiencia, suceso] to mark3) [termómetro] to readmi reloj marca las dos — it's two o'clock by my watch, my watch says two o'clock
4) (=designar) [+ tarea] to assign; [+ política, estrategia] to lay down; [+ directrices, pautas] to lay down, give; [+ comienzo, período] to markla empresa nos ha marcado algunas pautas a seguir — the company has given us o has issued some guidelines to follow
hito 1), pauta 1)esta obra marca el paso de la música medieval a la renacentista — this work marks the transition from medieval to renaissance music
5) (=hacer resaltar) to accentuatepaquete 1., 7)ese vestido te marca mucho las caderas — that dress really accentuates your hips o makes your hips stand out
6) (=seguir) [+ sospechoso] to shadow, tail7) (Dep)a) [+ gol] to scoreb) [+ tiempo] to record, clockha marcado un tiempo de 9,46 — he recorded o clocked a time of 9.46
c) [+ jugador, contrario] to mark, shadow; Méx to tackle8) (Mús)paso II, 1., 4)marcar el compás — to keep time, beat time
9) (Telec) to dial10) (Naipes) to bid11) (Peluquería) to set2. VI1) (Dep) to score2) (Telec) to dial3) (Peluquería) to set3.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1)b) experiencia/suceso ( dejar huella) to markc) (CS arg) < persona> to scar... for life2)a) (indicar, señalar) to markel altímetro marcaba 1.500 metros — the altimeter showed o (frml) registered 1,500 meters
seguimos la pauta marcada por nuestro fundador — we follow the guidelines established by/the standard set by our founder
b) ( hacer resaltar) <cintura/busto> to accentuatec) (Mús)marcar el compás/el ritmo — to beat time/the rhythm
d) (Fís) to mark, tag3) < pelo> to set4) (Telec) to dial5) (Dep)a) <gol/tanto> to scoreb) < tiempo> to clockc) < jugador> to mark2.marcar vi1) (Dep) to score2) (Telec) to dial3.marcarse v pron1)marcarse el pelo — (refl) to set one's hair; (caus) to have one's hair set
2) (Náut) to take a bearing* * *= flag, mark, mark off, tag, tick (off), leave + Posesivo + mark, brand (as), stigmatise [stigmatize, -USA], tinge, score, score.Ex. Since the fields are of different lengths in different records it is necessary that the beginning and end of fields be flagged in some way.Ex. In addition, synthesis often requires the use of a facet indicator, which marks the beginning of a new facet for example.Ex. Human intervention may also be necessary to mark off the area in the string on the title page that should be indexed, and possibly to add an imprint date if not present.Ex. It is occasionally useful for administrative purposes to be able to tag borrowers so that they may be intercepted during charge-out.Ex. In particular note, for example by ticking them, those terms that merit a turn in the lead position, and those that do not.Ex. Unfortunately, age and lack of proper care have left their marks on many valuable publications, some of which can no longer be used today.Ex. Music by Jewish composers and works were branded in Nazi Germany as degenerate art.Ex. Findings reaffirm that television stigmatises the occupation of business, independently of economic factors.Ex. But the relief was tinged with apprehension that the new housing would lead to slums and crime, as some opponents have long feared.Ex. Ithaca was off to a fast start, scoring twice in the game's first two minutes.Ex. Closed system tendencies, such as invoking system controls designed to counteract differences and correct deviations (thus scoring creativity as error), only push the institution more rapidly toward extinction.----* acción de marcar un número = dialling.* marcar con filigrana = watermark.* marcar con tiza = chalk.* marcar con un círculo = encircle, circle.* marcar el camino correcto = point + Nombre + in the right direction.* marcar el comienzo = usher in.* marcar el compás = beat + time.* marcar el curso = chart + course.* marcar el final = mark + the end.* marcar el inicio = usher in.* marcar el tono = establish + the tone.* marcar la diferencia = make + the difference, make + a difference, spell + the difference.* marcar la pauta en = lead + the way in.* marcar las pautas = set + the tone, establish + the tone.* marcar los límites = mark out.* marcar + Posesivo + final = mark + Posesivo + end.* marcar una etapa = mark + a stage.* marcar una meta = set + goal.* marcar un ensayo = score + a try.* marcar un gol = score + goal, score, poach + a goal.* marcar un hito = mark + a stage, make + things happen, mark + a watershed.* marcar un hito histórico = make + history.* marcar un número de teléfono = dial + number.* marcar un objetivo = set + goal.* marcar un tanto = score, poach + a goal, score + goal.* que marca época = landmark.* que marca un hito = epoch-making.* sin marcar = unpriced.* * *1.verbo transitivo1)b) experiencia/suceso ( dejar huella) to markc) (CS arg) < persona> to scar... for life2)a) (indicar, señalar) to markel altímetro marcaba 1.500 metros — the altimeter showed o (frml) registered 1,500 meters
seguimos la pauta marcada por nuestro fundador — we follow the guidelines established by/the standard set by our founder
b) ( hacer resaltar) <cintura/busto> to accentuatec) (Mús)marcar el compás/el ritmo — to beat time/the rhythm
d) (Fís) to mark, tag3) < pelo> to set4) (Telec) to dial5) (Dep)a) <gol/tanto> to scoreb) < tiempo> to clockc) < jugador> to mark2.marcar vi1) (Dep) to score2) (Telec) to dial3.marcarse v pron1)marcarse el pelo — (refl) to set one's hair; (caus) to have one's hair set
2) (Náut) to take a bearing* * *= flag, mark, mark off, tag, tick (off), leave + Posesivo + mark, brand (as), stigmatise [stigmatize, -USA], tinge, score, score.Ex: Since the fields are of different lengths in different records it is necessary that the beginning and end of fields be flagged in some way.
Ex: In addition, synthesis often requires the use of a facet indicator, which marks the beginning of a new facet for example.Ex: Human intervention may also be necessary to mark off the area in the string on the title page that should be indexed, and possibly to add an imprint date if not present.Ex: It is occasionally useful for administrative purposes to be able to tag borrowers so that they may be intercepted during charge-out.Ex: In particular note, for example by ticking them, those terms that merit a turn in the lead position, and those that do not.Ex: Unfortunately, age and lack of proper care have left their marks on many valuable publications, some of which can no longer be used today.Ex: Music by Jewish composers and works were branded in Nazi Germany as degenerate art.Ex: Findings reaffirm that television stigmatises the occupation of business, independently of economic factors.Ex: But the relief was tinged with apprehension that the new housing would lead to slums and crime, as some opponents have long feared.Ex: Ithaca was off to a fast start, scoring twice in the game's first two minutes.Ex: Closed system tendencies, such as invoking system controls designed to counteract differences and correct deviations (thus scoring creativity as error), only push the institution more rapidly toward extinction.* acción de marcar un número = dialling.* marcar con filigrana = watermark.* marcar con tiza = chalk.* marcar con un círculo = encircle, circle.* marcar el camino correcto = point + Nombre + in the right direction.* marcar el comienzo = usher in.* marcar el compás = beat + time.* marcar el curso = chart + course.* marcar el final = mark + the end.* marcar el inicio = usher in.* marcar el tono = establish + the tone.* marcar la diferencia = make + the difference, make + a difference, spell + the difference.* marcar la pauta en = lead + the way in.* marcar las pautas = set + the tone, establish + the tone.* marcar los límites = mark out.* marcar + Posesivo + final = mark + Posesivo + end.* marcar una etapa = mark + a stage.* marcar una meta = set + goal.* marcar un ensayo = score + a try.* marcar un gol = score + goal, score, poach + a goal.* marcar un hito = mark + a stage, make + things happen, mark + a watershed.* marcar un hito histórico = make + history.* marcar un número de teléfono = dial + number.* marcar un objetivo = set + goal.* marcar un tanto = score, poach + a goal, score + goal.* que marca época = landmark.* que marca un hito = epoch-making.* sin marcar = unpriced.* * *marcar [A2 ]vtA1 (con una señal) ‹ropa/página/baraja› to mark; ‹ganado› to brandmarca la respuesta correcta con una cruz mark the correct answer with a cross, put a cross next to the correct answer2 «experiencia/suceso» (dejar huella) to markaquel desengaño la marcó para siempre that disappointment marked her for everuna generación marcada por la violencia y el desorden a generation marked by violence and unrest4 (CS arg) to scar … for lifeB1 (indicar, señalar) to markeste artículo/el precio de este artículo no está marcado there is no price (marked) on this articledentro del plazo que marca la ley within the period specified by the lawel reloj marca las doce en punto the time is exactly twelve o'clockel altímetro marcaba 1.500 metros the altimeter showed o ( frml) registered 1,500 meterssu muerte marca el final de una era his death signals o marks the end of an erahoy ha marcado un nuevo mínimo it has reached a new low todayseguimos la pauta marcada por nuestro fundador we follow the guidelines established by/the standard set by our founderel año ha estado marcado por hechos de especial relevancia the year has been marked by particularly significant events2(hacer resaltar): el vestido le marca mucho el estómago the dress makes her stomach stick out o accentuates her stomach3 ( Mús):marcar el compás/el ritmo to beat time/the rhythm4 ( Fís) to mark, tagC ‹pelo› to setD ( Telec) to dialE ( Dep)1 ‹gol/tanto› to score2 ‹tiempo› to clockmarcó un tiempo de 2.08 she clocked a time of 2.083 ‹jugador› to mark■ marcarviA ( Dep) to scoreB ( Telec) to dial■ marcarseAmarcarse el pelo ( caus) to have one's hair set;( refl) to set one's hairB ( Náut) to take a bearing* * *
marcar ( conjugate marcar) verbo transitivo
1
‹ ganado› to brand
2
el reloj marca las doce en punto the time is exactly twelve o'clock
c) (Mús):◊ marcar el compás/el ritmo to beat time/the rhythm
3 ‹ pelo› to set
4 (Telec) to dial
5 (Dep)
verbo intransitivo
1 (Dep) to score
2 (Telec) to dial
marcarse verbo pronominal:
( caus) to have one's hair set
marcar verbo transitivo
1 (señalar) to mark: su muerte me marcó profundamente, I was deeply marked by her death
las piedras marcan la linde, the stones mark the boundary
2 (resaltar) este vestido me marca las caderas, this dress shows off my hips
ese gesto marca la importancia del tratado, that gesture stresses the importance of the treaty
3 Tel to dial: marque el 123 321, dial 123321
4 (una hora, grados, etc) to indicate, show, mark: el metrónomo marca el compás, the metronome marks the time
5 Dep (un tanto) to score
(a otro jugador) to mark
6 (un peinado) to set: ¿lavar y marcar?, wash and set?
' marcar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
ceñirse
- herrar
- pauta
- bastar
- compás
- gol
- graduar
- lavar
- paso
- plantilla
- señal
- señalar
- tarjeta
- tono
English:
beat
- brand
- cover
- dial
- highlight
- mark
- pace
- pit
- read
- ring
- ring up
- say
- score
- set
- show
- stand
- tick
- tick off
- trend
- watershed
- bookmark
- check
- clock
- flag
- guard
- hat
- hit
- indent
- punch
- redial
- register
- scratch
- stake
- usher
- wave
* * *♦ vt1. [poner marca en] to mark;[nombre en una lista] to tick off; [poner precio a] to price;marcó el itinerario en el mapa she marked the route on the map;asegúrate de que marcas las maletas con tu nombre make sure your suitcases are identified with your name;marcó la ropa con mis iniciales she put my initials on the clothes;marcar los naipes to mark the cards2. [indicar] to mark, to indicate;la cruz marca el lugar donde está enterrado el tesoro the cross marks o indicates (the spot) where the treasure is buried3. [dejar marca en] to mark;ese acontecimiento marcó su vida her life was marked by that event4. [significar] to mark, to signal;el tratado marcó un hito en las relaciones entre las dos potencias the treaty was a landmark in relations between the two powers5. [número de teléfono] to dial6. [sujeto: termómetro, contador] to read;[sujeto: reloj] to say;la balanza marca 3 kilos the scales read 3 kilos;¿qué precio marca la etiqueta? what is the price on the label?;cuando el reloj marque las seis when the clock strikes six;el euro ha marcado un nuevo mínimo frente al dólar the euro has fallen to another all-time low against the dollarel corredor más lento marcó el ritmo del resto del grupo the slowest runner set the pace for the whole group[récord] to set11. [cabello] to set12. CompRP [a la salida] to clock out, US to punch out; Famtengo que marcar tarjeta [en casa de la novia] I have to see my girlfriend♦ vi1. [dejar secuelas] to leave a mark2. [peinar] to set, to style* * *v/t1 mark3 gol score4 res brand6 naipes mark7 fig: persona affect* * *marcar {72} vt1) : to mark2) : to brand (livestock)3) : to indicate, to show4) resaltar: to emphasize5) : to dial (a telephone)6) : to guard (an opponent)7) anotar: to score (a goal, a point)marcar vi1) anotar: to score2) : to dial* * *marcar vb1. (poner una señal) to mark3. (conseguir un gol) to score¿has marcado el prefijo? did you dial the code? -
4 край
1. същ. end; finishсвободен/висящ край a loose/free end, tagс края напред endwise, endwaysвървя на края (на шествие и пр.) bring up the rear2. (завършек) end, finish, close, termination, completion, conclusion(на пиеса и пр.) end (ing)щастлив/трагичен край a happy/tragic endкрай на горещата вълна a break in the heat waveкрай на сезона close of the seasonизвеждам/изкарвам до край bring to an end/to completion/to a close, bring/carry to a conclusion, carry/see throughпрочитам до край read throughслагам край на живота си put an end to o.'s life, take o.'s own life, commit suicide, make away with o.s.на всичко има край there is an end to everything, it's a long lane that has no turningтази работа няма край there is no end to this, this is no end of a job; it's a never-ending jobвижда му се краят it will soon be over/finished, we'll soon be through with it; the work is nearing completionне знам какъв ще му излезе краят I don't know what the outcome will beв края на краищата in the end, in the long run; after all; ultimately; when all is said and doneкъм края toward the end/finishкъм края си съм be at an end, be coming to an end, be nearing completion, ( на умиране съм) be near o.'s endна края на годината at the end/close of the yearна края на силите си съм be at the end of o.'s tether, be at o.'s last gasp, be on o.'s last legs; reach breaking point, be all in3. (ръб) (на пропаст) edge, brink, vergeна края на пропастта on the brink of the precipice(на чаша) brim4. (покрайнини) outskirts, edge, skirt, fringe; endживее на края на града he lives at the outskirts of the townна край света (много далеч) at the back of beyond; miles awayat/ (при движение) to the ends of the earth5. (област) parts, regionот един и същи край from the same parts6. (кът) corner, recessв отдалечените крайща на страната in the retired corners/parts of the country/land(части на света) quarters, parts, cornersобръщам дебелия край shake the big stick, show the strong handне мога да му хвана края (да го разбера) I can't make head or tail of it, ( да намеря някого) I can't track him downсвързвам двата края mike both ends meet; cut and contrive; eke out a livelihood; make buckle and tongue meetотпускам му края drop the reins, let gogo/ам. hit the pacelet things take their courseкрай! that's the end! sl. the jig is up(стига!) stop it! край на... let's put a stop to..., let's make an end of...край на мъките ни that's the end of our troublesи край! and that's it!7. предл. (no продължение на) along, by the side of, besideкрай реката along the river8. (до) by, beside, near; in the vicinity/neighbourhood of; adjacent toколата стоеше край пътя the car was standing off the road9. (за движение) past, byкрай града минава река a river flows past the town10. (наред с, заедно с) beside, along withкрай работата си beside his workще пострада и тя край него she'll suffer along with himнамини някой път край нас drop in on us/to see us some time* * *кра̀й,предл.1. (по продължение на) along, by the side of, beside;2. (до) by, beside, near; in the vicinity/neighbourhood of; adjacent to; колата стоеше \край пътя the car was standing off the road; \край огъня by/beside the fire; нива \край шосето a field adjacent to/alongside the highway;3. (за движение) past, by;4. ( наред с, заедно с) beside, along with; • намини някой път \край нас drop in on us/to see us some time.——————край (-ят), м., -ища, (два) кра̀я1. end; finish; вървя в \крайя (на шествие и пр.) bring up the rear; дебел \крайй butt (end); \крайй до \крайй end to end, endways endwise; остър \крайй point; от \крайй до \крайй from beginning/end to end; самият \крайй на разг. the fag-end of; свободен/висящ \крайй a loose/free end, tag; с \крайя напред endwise, endways; тънък \крайй tip;2. ( завършек) end, finish, close, termination, completion, conclusion; ( окончателен завършек) разг. clincher, capper; (на пиеса и пр.) end(ing); бия се до \крайй fight to a/the finish, fight to the bitter end; вижда му се \крайят it will soon be over/finished, we’ll soon be through with it; the work is nearing completion; в \крайя на играта спорт. at close of play; в \крайя на \крайищата in the end, in the long run; after all; ultimately; when all is said and done; извеждам/изкарвам до \крайй bring to an end/to completion/to a close, bring/carry to a conclusion, carry/see through; на всичко има \крайй there is an end to everything, it’s a long lane that has no turning; на \крайя на годината at the end/close of the year; на \крайя на силите си съм be at the end of o.’s tether, be at o.’s last gasp, be on o.’s last legs; reach breaking point, be all in; не знам какъв ще му излезе \крайят I don’t know what the outcome will be; не му се вижда \крайят the end of it is not yet in sight; прочитам до \крайй read through; слагам \крайй на put an end/a period to, make an end of, call a halt to, put paid to, (на застой и пр.) resolve; слагам \крайй на живота си put an end to o.’s life, take o.’s own life, commit suicide, make away with o.’s.;4. ( покрайнини) outskirts, edge, skirt, fringe; end; в горния \крайй на селото at the upper end of the village; на \крайй света ( много далеч) at the back of beyond; miles away; at/ ( при движение) to the ends of the earth;5. ( област) parts, region; от един и същ \крайй from the same parts; роден \край home, native place/land, country;6. ( кът) corner, recess; в отдалечените \крайища на страната in the retired corners/parts of the country/land; ( части на света) quarters, parts, corners; от всички \крайища на света from all four quarters of the globe; четирите \крайя на света the four corners of the earth; • и \крайй! and that’s it! \крайй! that’s the end! sl. the jig is up; \крайй на … let’s put a stop to …, let’s make an end of …; \крайй на мъките ни that’s the end of our troubles; \крайй на надеждите/плановете ми и пр. разг. bang goes my plans/hopes etc; \крайй на работата за днес let’s call it a day; не мога да му хвана \крайя (да го разбера) I can’t make head or tail of it, (да намеря някого) I can’t track him down; обръщам дебелия \крайй shake the big stick, show the strong hand; от \крайй време from/since time(s) immemorial, time out of mind; отпускам му \крайя drop the reins, let go; go/амер. hit the pace; let things take their course; свързвам двата \крайя make both ends meet; cut and contrive; eke out a livelihood; living/existence make buckle and tongue meet; keep body and soul together; ( стига!) stop it!* * *border; death{deT}; edge{edj}; end: My house is at the край of the road. - Моята къща е на края на пътя.; ending; finality; flange{flEndj}; limbus; list{list}; margin; omega (прен.); on{On}; outskirts (на гора); point{pOint}; region; rim{rim}; stop; termination; tip{tip}; verge* * *1. (до) by, beside, near;in the vicinity/neighbourhood of;adjacent to 2. (за движение) past, by 3. (завършек) end, finish, close, termination, completion, conclusion 4. (кът) corner, recess 5. (на пиеса и пр.) end(ing) 6. (на чаша) brim 7. (наред с, заедно с) beside, along with 8. (област) parts, region 9. (покрайнини) outskirts, edge, skirt, fringe;end 10. (ръб) (на пропаст) edge, brink, verge 11. (стига!) stop it! КРАЙ на... let's put a stop to..., let's make an end of... 12. (части на света) quarters, parts, corners 13. 1 същ. end;finish 14. 7 предл. (no продължение на) along, by the side of, beside 15. at/(при движение) to the ends of the earth 16. go/ам. hit the pace 17. let things take their course: КРАЙ! that's the end! sl. the jig is up 18. npочитам доКРАЙ read through 19. КРАЙ града минава река a river flows past the town 20. КРАЙ до КРАЙ end to end, endways endwise 21. КРАЙ на горещата вълна a break in the heat wave 22. КРАЙ на мъките ни that's the end of our troubles 23. КРАЙ на сезона close of the season 24. КРАЙ работата си beside his work 25. КРАЙ реката along the river 26. бия се до КРАЙ fight to a/the finish, fight to the bitter end 27. в горния КРАЙ на селото at the upper end of the village 28. в края на краищата in the end, in the long run;after all;ultimately;when all is said and done 29. в отдалечените КРАЙща на страната in the retired corners/parts of the country/land 30. в този КРАЙ in these parts 31. вижда му се краят it will soon be over/finished, we'll soon be through with it;the work is nearing completion 32. вървя на края (на шествие и пр.) bring up the rear 33. дебел КРАЙ butt (end) 34. дърветата КРАЙ пътя the trees along the road 35. живее на края на града he lives at the outskirts of the town 36. живеят КРАЙ гарата they live near/beside the station 37. и КРАЙ! and that's it! 38. извеждам/изкарвам до КРАЙ bring to an end/to completion/to a close, bring/carry to a conclusion, carry/see through 39. колата стоеше КРАЙ пътя the car was standing off the road 40. към края toward the end/ finish 41. към края си съм be at an end, be coming to an end, be nearing completion, (на умиране съм) be near o.'s end 42. на КРАЙ света (много далеч) at the back of beyond;miles away 43. на всичко има КРАЙ there is an end to everything, it's a long lane that has no turning 44. на края на годината at the end/close of the year 45. на края на пропастта on the brink of the precipice 46. на края на силите си съм be at the end of o.'s tether, be at o.'s last gasp, be on o.'s last legs;reach breaking point, be all in 47. намини някой път КРАЙ нас drop in on us/to see us some time 48. не знам какъв ще му излезе краят I don't know what the outcome will be 49. не мога да му хвана края (да го разбера) I can't make head or tail of it, (да намеря някого) I can't track him down 50. нива КРАЙ шосето a field adjacent to/alongside the highway 51. обръщам дебелия КРАЙ shake the big stick, show the strong hand 52. остър КРАЙ point 53. от КРАЙ време from/since time(s) immemorial, time out of mind 54. от КРАЙ до КРАЙ from beginning/end to end 55. от всички КРАЙща на света from alt four quarters of the globe 56. от един и същи КРАЙ from the same parts 57. от нашия КРАЙ from our parts 58. отпускам му края drop the reins, let go 59. роден КРАЙ home, native place/land, country 60. с края напред endwise, endways 61. свободен/висящ КРАЙ a loose/free end, tag 62. свързвам двата края mike both ends meet;cut and contrive;eke out a livelihood;make buckle and tongue meet 63. седни КРАЙ огъня sit by/beside the fire 64. слагам КРАЙ на put an end/a period to, make an end of, (на застой и пр.) resolve 65. слагам КРАЙ на живота си put an end to o.'s life, take o.'s own life, commit suicide, make away with o.s. 66. тази работа няма КРАЙ there is no end to this, this is no end of a job;it's a never-ending job 67. тънък КРАЙ tip 68. четирите КРАЙща на света the four corners of the earth 69. щастлив/трагичен КРАЙ a happy/tragic end 70. ще минете КРАЙ театъра you will walk by/past the theatre 71. ще пострада и тя КРАЙ него she'll suffer along with him -
5 κατά
κατά (Hom.+) prep. (s. the lit. s.v. ἀνά beg., also LfgrE s.v. κατά 1346; with the gen. 74 times in NT; w. acc. 391 times in NT).A. w. the gen.ⓐ of location that is relatively lower, down from someth. (Hom. et al.; LXX; Ath. 1, 4 κ. κόρρης προπηλακίζειν=to smack on one side of the head) ὁρμᾶν κ. τοῦ κρημνοῦ rush down (from) the bank (cp. Polyb. 38, 16, 7 κ. τῶν κρημνῶν ῥίπτειν; Jos., Bell. 1, 313) Mt 8:32; Mk 5:13; Lk 8:33. κ. κεφαλῆς ἔχειν have someth. on one’s head (lit. hanging down fr. the head, as a veil. Cp. Plut., Mor. 200f ἐβάδιζε κ. τῆς κεφαλῆς ἔχων τὸ ἱμάτιον.; Mitt-Wilck. I/2, 499, 5 of a mummy ἔχων τάβλαν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου) 1 Cor 11:4.ⓑ of position relatively deep, into someth. (Od. 9, 330 κ. σπείους ‘into the depths of the cave’; Hdt. 7, 235; X., An. 7, 1, 30) ἡ κ. βάθους πτωχεία extreme (lit. ‘reaching down into the depths’; cp. Strabo 9, 3, 5 [419] ἄντρον κοῖλον κ. βάθους) or abysmal poverty 2 Cor 8:2. This may perh. be the mng. of πλήσσειν τινὰ κ. τῶν ὀφθαλμῶν strike someone deep into the eyes ApcPt 11:26 (cp. Demosth. 19, 197 ξαίνει κ. τοῦ νώτου; PPetr II, 18 [2b], 15 [246 B.C.] ἔτυπτεν αὐτὸν κ. τοῦ τραχήλου).—κ. γαστρός Just., D. 78, 3 for ἐν γαστρί Mt 1:18 (cp. Ath. 35, 2 τὸ κ. γαστρὸς ζῶον εἶναι).ⓒ extension in various directions within an area, throughout (so in Luke’s writings; Polyb. 3, 19, 7 κ. τῆς νήσου διεσπάρησαν; PGiss 48, 8 κ. κυριακῆς γῆς; Jos., Ant. 8, 297; SibOr 3, 222; 4, 24; 5, 305) γνωστὸν γενέσθαι καθʼ ὅλης Ἰόππης become known throughout all Joppa Ac 9:42. καθʼ ὅλης τῆς Ἰουδαίας 9:31; 10:37; Lk 23:5. φήμη ἐξῆλθεν καθʼ ὅλης τῆς περιχώρου 4:14.② down upon, toward, against someone or someth, fig. ext. of 1.ⓐ w. verbs of swearing, to denote what one swears by (Thu. 5, 47, 8; Lysias 32, 13; Isaeus 7, 28; Demosth. 21, 119; 29, 26; SIG 526, 4ff; 685, 25; UPZ 110, 39 [164 B.C.]; BGU 248, 13; Jdth 1:12; Is 45:23; 2 Ch 36:13) by ἐξορκίζειν (q.v.) Mt 26:63. ὀμνύναι (q.v.) Hb 6:13, 16. ὁρκίζειν (q.v.) Hs 9, 10, 5. Sim. ἐρωτᾶν κ. τινος request, entreat by someone Hv 3, 2, 3.ⓑ in a hostile sense, againstα. after verbs that express hostile action, etc. διχάζειν Mt 10:35. ἐπαίρεσθαι 2 Cor 10:5. ἰσχύειν Ac 19:16. κακοῦν 14:2. στρατεύεσθαι 1 Pt 2:11. φυσιοῦσθαι 1 Cor 4:6β. after words and expressions that designate hostile speech, esp. an accusation ἔχειν (τι) κ. τινος have or hold someth. against someone Rv 2:4, 14, 20. φέρειν J 18:29. ἐγκαλεῖν Ro 8:33. ἐντυγχάνειν τινὶ κ. τινος 11:2 (TestJob 17:5). κατηγορεῖν Lk 23:14. ποιεῖν κρίσιν Jd 15a. τὸ κ. ἡμῶν χειρόγραφον the bond that stands against us Col 2:14. ἐμφανίζειν Ac 24:1; 25:2. αἰτεῖσθαί τι 25:3, 15. αἱ κ. τινος αἰτίαι vs. 27. εἰπεῖν πονηρόν Mt 5:11 (cp. Soph., Phil. 65 κακὰ λέγειν κ. τινος. X., Hell. 1, 5, 2; Isocr., C. Nic. 13; Plut., Mor. 2a λέγειν κ.; SIG 1180, 1 λέγειν κ. τινος; Just., A I, 23, 3; 49, 6 κ. τῶν … ὁμολογούντων). λαλεῖν ῥήματα Ac 6:13; cp. Jd 15b (TestDan 4:3; JosAs 23:15). μαρτυρεῖν κ. τ. θεοῦ give testimony in contradiction to God 1 Cor 15:15. ζητεῖν μαρτυρίαν κ. τινος testimony against someone Mk 14:55. ψευδομαρτυρεῖν 14:56f. ψευδομαρτυρία Mt 26:59. γογγύζειν 20:11. στενάζειν Js 5:9. διδάσκειν Ac 21:28. συμβούλιον διδόναι (ποιεῖν v.l.) Mk 3:6; ς. λαβεῖν Mt 27:1. ψεύδεσθαι Js 3:14 (Lysias 22, 7; X., Ap. 13; Ath. 35, 1 καθʼ ἡμῶν … κατεψεύσατο).γ. after expressions that designate such a position or state of mind in a different way εἶναι κ. τινος be against someone (opp. ὑπέρ) Mk 9:40 (WNestle, ZNW 13, 1912, 84–87; AFridrichsen, ibid., 273–80); Ro 8:31; (opp. μετά) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23. δύνασθαί τι κ. τινος be able to do someth. against someone 2 Cor 13:8. ἔχειν τι κ. τινος have someth. against someone (in one’s heart) Mt 5:23; Mk 11:25; Hs 9, 24, 2; cp. ibid. 23, 2, where the acc. is to be supplied. ἐξουσίαν ἔχειν J 19:11. ἐπιθυμεῖν Gal 5:17. μερίζεσθαι καθʼ ἑαυτῆς Mt 12:25. Cp. 1 Cl 39:4 (Job 4:18).—κατά prob. means against also in ἔβαλεν κατʼ αὐτῆς ἄνεμος Ac 27:14. ἐτελείωσαν κ. τ. κεφαλῆς αὐτῶν τὰ ἁμαρτήματα they completed the full measure of sins against their own head GPt 5:17.B. w. acc. (so in the NT 399 times [besides καθʼ εἷς and κατὰ εἷς])ⓐ of extension in space, along, over, through, in, upon (Hom. et al.; OGI 90, 7 ἐκ τῶν κ. τ. χώραν ἱερῶν; PHib 82, 19; PTebt 5, 188; LXX; Just.; Mel., HE 4, 26, 5) Ac 24:12. καθʼ ὅλην τ. πόλιν throughout the city Lk 8:39 (cp. Diod S 4, 10, 6 καθʼ ὅλην τὴν Ἐλλάδα). ἐγένετο λιμὸς κ. τὴν χώραν ἐκείνην 15:14. κ. τὰς κώμας 9:6. κ. πόλεις καὶ κώμας 13:22 (Appian., Maced. 9 §1 and 4 κ. πόλεις; Just., A I, 67, 3 κ. πόλεις ἢ ἀγρούς).—κ. τόπους in place after place Mt 24:7; Mk 13:8; Lk 21:11 (Theophr., περὶ σημ. 1, 4 p. 389 W.; Cat. Cod. Astr. III 28, 11 ἐν μέρει τ. ἀνατολῆς κ. τόπους, VIII/3, 186, 1 λιμὸς καὶ λοιμὸς καὶ σφαγαὶ κ. τόπους). οἱ ὄντες κ. τὴν Ἰουδαίαν those throughout Judea or living in Judea Ac 11:1. διασπαρῆναι κ. τὰς χώρας τῆς Ἰουδαίας be scattered over the regions of Judea 8:1. κ. τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν in the congregation there 13:1. τοῖς κ. τὴν Ἀντιόχειαν καὶ Συρίαν καὶ Κιλικίαν ἀδελφοῖς 15:23. τοὺς κ. τὰ ἔθνη Ἰουδαίους the Judeans (dispersed) throughout the nations 21:21. τοῖς κ. τὸν νόμον γεγραμμένοις throughout the law = in the law 24:14b. κ. τὴν ὁδόν along or on the way (Lucian, Catapl. 4; Jos., Ant. 8, 404) Lk 10:4; Ac 25:3; 26:13. τὸ κ. Κιλικίαν καὶ Παμφυλίαν πέλαγος the sea along the coast of Cilicia and Pamphylia 27:5; but the geographical designation τὰ μέρη τ. Λιβύης τῆς κ. Κυρήνην 2:10 prob. belongs to b: the parts of Libya toward Cyrene.ⓑ of extension toward, toward, to, up to ἐλθεῖν (γίνεσθαι v.l.) κ. τὸν τόπον come up to the place (Jos., Vi. 283) Lk 10:32. ἐλθόντες κ. τὴν Μυσίαν to Mysia Ac 16:7; cp. 27:7. πορεύεσθαι κ. μεσημβρίαν (s. μεσημβρία 2) toward the south 8:26 (cp. Jos., Bell. 5, 505). κ. σκοπὸν διώκειν run (over the course) toward the goal Phil 3:14. λιμὴν βλέπων κ. λίβα καὶ κ. χῶρον a harbor open to the southwest and northwest Ac 27:12 (s. βλέπω 8).—κ. πρόσωπον to the face (cp. Jos., Ant. 5, 205) Gal 2:11. ἔχειν τινὰ κ. πρόσωπον meet someone face to face (Thieme 19 has reff. for the use of κατὰ πρόσωπον as a legal formula) Ac 25:16. κ. πρόσωπον ταπεινός humble when personally present 2 Cor 10:1. κ. πρόσωπόν τινος in the presence of someone Lk 2:31; Ac 3:13. τὰ κ. πρόσωπον what lies before one’s eyes, i.e. is obvious 2 Cor 10:7. κ. ὀφθαλμοὺς προγράφειν portray before one’s eyes Gal 3:1.ⓒ of isolation or separateness, by (Thu. 1, 138, 6 οἱ καθʼ ἑαυτοὺς Ἕλληνες ‘the Greeks by themselves’; Polyb. 1, 24, 4; 5, 78, 3; 11, 17, 6; Diod S 13, 72, 8; Gen 30:40; 43:32; 2 Macc 13:13; Philo, Migr. Abr. 87; 90; Just., D. 4, 5 αὐτὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν γενομένη; Tat. 13, 1 ἡ ψυχὴ καθʼ ἑαυτήν; Ath. 15, 2 ὁ πηλὸς καθʼ ἑαυτόν) ἔχειν τι καθʼ ἑαυτόν keep someth. to oneself Ro 14:22 (cp. Jos., Ant. 2, 255; Heliod. 7, 16, 1). καθʼ ἑαυτὸν μένειν live by oneself of the private dwelling of Paul in Rome Ac 28:16. πίστις νεκρὰ καθʼ ἑαυτήν faith by itself is dead Js 2:17 (Simplicius in Epict. p. 3, 43 τὸ σῶμα καθʼ αὑτὸ νεκρόν ἐστιν). ἡ κατʼ οἶκον ἐκκλησία the congregation in the house Ro 16:5; 1 Cor 16:19. κατʼ ἰδίαν s. ἴδιος 5. κ. μόνας (Thu. 1, 32, 5; Menand., Epitr. 988 S. [658 Kö.], Fgm. 146 Kö. [158 Kock]; Polyb. 4, 15, 11; Diod S 4, 51, 16; BGU 813, 15 [s. APF 2, 1903, 97]; LXX) alone, by oneself Mk 4:10; Lk 9:18; Hm 11:8 (here, as well as BGU loc. cit. and LXX, written as one word καταμόνας).ⓓ of places viewed serially, distributive use w. acc., x by x (Arrian., Anab. 4, 21, 10 κ. σκηνήν=tent by tent) or from x to x: κατʼ οἶκον from house to house (PLond III, 904, 20 p. 125 [104 A.D.] ἡ κατʼ οἰκίαν ἀπογραφή) Ac 2:46b; 5:42 (both in ref. to various house assemblies or congregations; w. less probability NRSV ‘at home’); cp. 20:20. Likew. the pl. κ. τοὺς οἴκους εἰσπορευόμενος 8:3. κ. τὰς συναγωγάς 22:19. κ. πόλιν (Jos., Ant. 6, 73) from city to city IRo 9:3, but in every (single) city Ac 15:21; 20:23; Tit 1:5. Also κ. πόλιν πᾶσαν (cp. Herodian 1, 14, 9) Ac 15:36; κ. πᾶσαν πόλιν 20:23 D. κ. πόλιν καὶ κώμην Lk 8:1; cp. vs. 4.② marker of temporal aspect (Hdt. et al.; ins, pap, LXX, apolog.)ⓐ in definite indications of time: at, on, during (Hdt. 8, 17; Polemon Soph. B 43 Reader κατʼ ἐκείνην τὴν ἡμέραν ‘in the course of that day’) κατʼ ἀρχάς in the beginning (cp. ἀρχή 1b) Hb 1:10 (Ps 101:26). κ. τὴν ἡμέραν τοῦ πειρασμοῦ in the day of trial 3:8 (Ps 94:8.—Cp. Antig. Car. 173 κ. τὸν σπόρου καιρόν). νεκροῦ … ἀνάστασιν κατʼ αὐτὸν γεγονυῖαν ἱστορεῖ (Papias) reports that a resurrection from the dead occurred in his time Papias (2, 9; so, with personal names, Hdt.; Just., D. 23, 1 τοῦ θεοῦ … τοῦ κ. τὸν Ἐνώχ; Tat. 31, 2 Θεαγένης … κ. Καμβύσην γεγονώς). Of the future: κ. τὸν καιρὸν τοῦτον at that time, then Ro 9:9 (Gen 18:10). Of the past: κ. ἐκεῖνον τὸν καιρόν at that time, then (2 Macc 3:5; TestJos 12:1; Jos., Ant. 8, 266; cp. κατʼ ἐκεῖνο τοῦ καιροῦ Konon: 26 Fgm. 3 p. 191, 25 Jac.; Just., A I, 17, 2; 26, 3 al.) Ac 12:1; 19:23. κ. καιρόν at that time, then Ro 5:6 (Just., D. 132, 1; cp. OGI 90, 28 καθʼ ὸ̔ν καιρόν), unless καιρός here means the right time (s. καιρός 1b end). κατʼ ὄναρ (as καθʼ ὕπνον Gen 20:6; Just., D 60, 5 κ. τοὺς ὕπνους) during a dream, in a dream Mt 1:20; 2:12 (s. s.v. ὄναρ for ins).ⓑ with indefinite indications of time: toward, about κ. τὸ μεσονύκτιον about midnight Ac 16:25; cp. 27:27.—8:26 (s. μεσημβρία 1).ⓒ distributively (cp. 1d): x period by x period: κατʼ ἔτος every year (s. ἔτος) Lk 2:41. Also κατʼ ἐνιαυτόν (s. ἐνιαυτός 1) Hb 9:25; 10:1, 3. καθʼ ἡμέραν daily, every day (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Mt 26:55; Mk 14:49; Lk 16:19; 22:53; Ac 2:46f; 3:2; 16:5; 17:11; 19:9; 1 Cor 15:31; Hb 7:27; 10:11. Also τὸ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Lk 11:3; 19:47; Ac 17:11 v.l. ἡ ἐπίστασις ἡ καθʼ ἡμέραν (s. ἐπίστασις) 2 Cor 11:28. κ. πᾶσαν ἡμέραν every day (Jos., Ant. 6, 49) Ac 17:7. Also καθʼ ἑκάστην ἡμέραν (s. ἡμέρα 2c) Hb 3:13. κ. μίαν σαββάτου on the first day of every week 1 Cor 16:2. κ. πᾶν σάββατον every Sabbath Ac 13:27; 15:21b; 18:4. κ. μῆνα ἕκαστον each month Rv 22:2 (κ. μῆνα as SIG 153, 65; POxy 275, 18; 2 Macc 6:7). κ. ἑορτήν at each festival Mt 27:15; Mk 15:6.③ marker of division of a greater whole into individual parts, at a time, in detail, distributive use apart from indications of place (s. above 1d) and time (s. 2c)ⓐ w. numerals: κ. δύο ἢ τὸ πλεῖστον τρεῖς two or, at the most, three at a time (i.e. in any one meeting, cp. ἀνὰ μέρος) 1 Cor 14:27 (Dio Chrys. 80 [30], 42 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς; Jos., Ant. 3, 142 κ. ἕξ; 5, 172 κ. δύο καὶ τρεῖς). καθʼ ἕνα (on this and the foll. s. εἷς 5e) singly, one after the other vs. 31. κ. ἕνα λίθον each individual stone Hs 9, 3, 5; καθʼ ἕνα λίθον 9, 6, 3. κ. ἓν ἕκαστον one by one, in detail Ac 21:19; 1 Cl 32:1 (Ath. 28, 4 καθʼ ἕκαστον). εἷς καθʼ εἷς Mk 14:19; J 8:9; cp. Ro 12:5 (B-D-F §305; Rob. 460). κ. ἑκατὸν καὶ κ. πεντήκοντα in hundreds and in fifties Mk 6:40.ⓑ περί τινος λέγειν κ. μέρος speak of someth. in detail Hb 9:5 (s. μέρος 1c). κατʼ ὄνομα (each one) by name (ἀσπάζομαι … τοὺς ἐνοίκους πάντες κα[τʼ] ὄνομα PTebt [III A.D.] 422, 11–16; Jos., Vi. 86) J 10:3; 3J 15 (cp. BGU 27, 18); ISm 13:2.④ marker of intention or goal, for the purpose of, for, to (Thu. 6, 31, 1 κ. θέαν ἥκειν=to look at something; cp. Sb 7263, 6 [254 B.C.]; X., An. 3, 5, 2 καθʼ ἁρπαγὴν ἐσκεδασμένοι; Arrian, Anab. 1, 17, 12; 4, 5, 1; 21, 9; 6, 17, 6; 26, 2; Lucian, Ver. Hist. 2, 29; Anton. Lib., Fab. 24, 1 Δημήτηρ ἐπῄει γῆν ἅπασαν κ. ζήτησιν τῆς θυγατρός; 38; Jdth 11:19) κ. τὸν καθαρισμὸν τῶν Ἰουδαίων for the Jewish ceremonial purification J 2:6. κατὰ ἀτιμίαν λέγω to my shame 2 Cor 11:21 (cp. Jos., Ant. 3, 268 κ. τιμὴν τ. θεοῦ τοῦτο ποιῶν). ἀπόστολος … κ. πίστιν … καὶ ἐπίγνωσιν an apostle … for the faith … and the knowledge Tit 1:1 (but the mng. ‘in accordance with’ is also prob.).⑤ marker of norm of similarity or homogeneity, according to, in accordance with, in conformity with, according toⓐ to introduce the norm which governs someth.α. the norm of the law, etc. (OGI 56, 33; Mitt-Wilck., I/2, 352, 11 κ. τὰ κελευσθέντα [as Just., D. 78, 7]; POxy 37 II, 8) κ. τὸν νόμον (Jos., Ant. 14, 173; 15, 51; Just., D. 10, 1 al.; Ath. 31, 1; κ. τοὺς νόμους Ἀρεοπαγείτης, letter of MAurelius: ZPE 8, ’71, 169, ln. 27) Lk 2:22; J 18:31; 19:7; Hb 7:5. τὰ κ. τ. νόμον what is to be done according to the law Lk 2:39 (cp. EpArist 32). κ. τὸ ὡρισμένον in accordance w. what has been determined 22:22. Cp. 1:9; 2:24, 27, 42; Ac 17:2; 22:3. κ. τὸ εὐαγγέλιόν μου Ro 2:16; 16:25a; 2 Ti 2:8. κ. τὸ εἰρημένον Ro 4:18 (cp. Ath. 28, 1 κ. τὰ προειρημένα). κ. τὰς γραφάς (Just., D. 82, 4; cp. Paus. 6, 21, 10 κ. τὰ ἔπη=according to the epic poems; Just., A I, 32, 14 κ. τὸ λόγιον, D. 67, 1 κ. τὴν προφητείαν ταύτην) 1 Cor 15:3; cp. Js 2:8. κ. τὴν παράδοσιν Mk 7:5 (Tat. 39, 1 κ. τὴν Ἑλλήνων παράδοσιν).—κ. λόγον as one wishes (exx. in Dssm., B 209 [not in BS]; also PEleph 13, 1; 3 Macc 3:14) Ac 18:14 (though 5bβ below is also prob.).—It can also stand simply w. the acc. of the pers. according to whose will, pleasure, or manner someth. occurs κ. θεόν (cp. Socrat., Ep. 14, 5 κ. θεόν; 26, 2; Nicol. Dam.: 90 Fgm. 4 p. 332, 1 Jac. and Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 84 §352 κ. δαίμονα; Jos., Ant. 4, 143 ὁ κ. τοῦτον[=θεόν] βίος; Just., D. 5, 1 κ. τινας … Πλατωνικούς; Tat. 1, 3 κ. … τὸν κωμικόν) Ro 8:27; 2 Cor 7:9–11; κ. Χριστὸν Ἰ. Ro 15:5. κ. κύριον 2 Cor 11:17. Cp. 1 Pt 1:15. κ. τ. Ἕλληνας in the manner of the Greeks, i.e. polytheists PtK 2, p. 14, 1; 7. κ. Ἰουδαίους ln. 25.β. the norm according to which a judgment is rendered, or rewards or punishments are given ἀποδοῦναι τινι κ. τ. πρᾶξιν or ἔργα αὐτοῦ (Ps 61:13; Pr 24:12; Just., A I, 12, 1; 17, 4 al.; κατʼ ἀξίαν τῶν πράξεων) Mt 16:27; Ro 2:6; 2 Ti 4:14; Rv 2:23. μισθὸν λήμψεται κ. τ. ἴδιον κόπον 1 Cor 3:8. κρίνειν κ. τι J 7:24; 8:15; 1 Pt 1:17; cp. Ro 2:2.γ. of a standard of any other kind κ. τ. χρόνον ὸ̔ν ἠκρίβωσεν in accordance w. the time which he had ascertained Mt 2:16. κ. τ. πίστιν ὑμῶν acc. to your faith 9:29. κ. τ. δύναμιν acc. to his capability 25:15 (Just., D. 139, 4; Tat. 12, 3; cp. Just., A II, 13, 6 κ. δύναμιν). Cp. Lk 1:38; 2:29; Ro 8:4; 10:2; Eph 4:7. ἀνὴρ κ. τ. καρδίαν μου Ac 13:22 (καρδία 1bε).δ. Oft. the norm is at the same time the reason, so that in accordance with and because of are merged: οἱ κ. πρόθεσιν κλητοί Ro 8:28. κατʼ ἐπιταγὴν θεοῦ 16:26; 1 Ti 1:1; Tit 1:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Eph 3:3 (Just., D. 78, 2). οἱ καθʼ ὑπομονὴν ἔργου ἀγαθοῦ Ro 2:7. κατʼ ἐκλογήν 11:5 (Just., D. 49, 1). Cp. κ. τὴν βουλήν Eph 1:11 (Just., A I, 63, 16 al.); 2 Th 2:9; Hb 7:16. κ. τί γνώσομαι τοῦτο; by what shall I know this? (cp. Gen 15:8) Lk 1:18.—Instead of ‘in accordance w.’ κ. can mean simply because of, as a result of, on the basis of (Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 219 D.: κ. τοὺς νόμους; Jos., Ant. 1, 259; 278; Just., A I, 54, 1 κατʼ ἐνέργειαν τῶν φαύλων δαιμόνων; Ath. 7, 1 κ. συμπάθειαν τῆς παρὰ τοῦ θεοῦ πνοῆς; 32, 1 κ. χρησμόν). κ. πᾶσαν αἰτίαν for any and every reason (αἰτία 1) Mt 19:3. κ. ἀποκάλυψιν Gal 2:2. Cp. Ro 2:5; 1 Cor 12:8 (κ. τ. πνεῦμα = διὰ τοῦ πν.); Eph 1:5; 4:22b; Phil 4:11; 1 Ti 5:21; 2 Ti 1:9; Tit 3:5; κ. ἀνάγκην Phlm 14 (Ar. 1, 2; 4, 2 al.; Just., A I, 30, 1; 61, 10; Ath. 24, 2); IPol 1:3. ὁ κ. τὸ πολὺ αὐτοῦ ἔλεος ἀναγεννήσας ἡμᾶς 1 Pt 1:3.—καθʼ ὅσον (Thu. 4, 18, 4) in so far as, inasmuch as Hb 3:3. καθʼ ὅσον …, κ. τοσοῦτο in so far as …, just so far (Lysias 31, 8; Galen, De Dignosc. Puls. 3, 2, VIII 892 K.) 7:20, 22.ⓑ as a periphrasis to express equality, similarity, or example in accordance with, just as, similar(ly) to (TestJob 32:6 τίς γὰρ κ. σε ἐν μέσῳ τῶν τέκνων σου; Tat. 25, 1 κ. … τὸν Πρωτέα like Proteus; schol. on Nicander, Ther. 50: sheep are not burden-bearers κ. τοὺς ὄνους=as donkeys are).α. κ. τὰ ἔργα αὐτῶν μὴ ποιεῖτε do not do as they do Mt 23:3. κ. Ἰσαάκ just as Isaac Gal 4:28. κ. θεὸν κτισθείς Eph 4:24 (Synes., Prov. 2, 2 p. 118c κ. θεόν=just as a god). Cp. Col 3:10. κ. τὸν τύπον Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40; Mel., P. 58, 424 [νόμον v.l.]). Cp. 5:6 (Ps 109:4); 8:9 (Jer 38: 32); Js 3:9.—κ. τὰ αὐτά in (just) the same way (OGI 56, 66; PEleph 2, 6; 1 Macc 8:27; 12:2; Just., D. 1, 2; 3, 5; 113, 3) Lk 6:23, 26; 17:30; Dg 3:1. On the other hand, the sing. κ. τὸ αὐτό Ac 14:1 means together (marriage contract PEleph 1, 5 [IV B.C.] εἶναι ἡμᾶς κ. ταὐτό; 1 Km 11:11). καθʼ ὸ̔ν τρόπον just as (2 Macc 6:20; 4 Macc 14:17) Ac 15:11; 27:25. καθʼ ὅσον …, οὕτως (just) as …, so Hb 9:27. κ. πάντα τρόπον in every way (PSI 520, 16 [250 B.C.]; PCairZen 631, 2; 3 Macc 3:24) Ro 3:2. κ. μηδένα τρόπον (PMagd 14, 9 [221 B.C.]; PRein 7, 31; 3 Macc 4:13; 4 Macc 4:24; Just., D. 35, 7; s. Reader, Polemo 262) 2 Th 2:3. Cp. Johannessohn, Kasus, 1910, 82. κατά w. acc. serves in generalβ. to indicate the nature, kind, peculiarity or characteristics of a thing (freq. as a periphrasis for the adv.; e.g. Antiochus of Syracuse [V B.C.]: 555 Fgm. 12 Jac. κ. μῖσος=out of hate, filled with hate) κατʼ ἐξουσίαν with authority or power Mk 1:27. κ. συγκυρίαν by chance Lk 10:31. κ. ἄγνοιαν without knowing Ac 3:17 (s. ἄγνοια 2a). κ. ἄνθρωπον 1 Cor 3:3 al. (s. Straub 15; Aeschyl., Th. 425; ἄνθρωπος 2b). κ. κράτος powerfully, Ac 19:20 (κράτος 1a). κ. λόγον reasonably, rightly (Pla.; Polyb. 1, 62, 4; 5; 5, 110, 10; Jos., Ant. 13, 195; PYale 42, 24 [12 Jan., 229 B.C.]) 18:14 (but s. above 5aα). λέγειν τι κ. συγγνώμην οὐ κατʼ ἐπιταγήν say someth. as a concession, not as a command 1 Cor 7:6; cp. 2 Cor 8:8. κ. τάξιν in (an) order(ly manner) 1 Cor 14:40 (τάξις 2). κατʼ ὀφθαλμοδουλίαν with eye-service Eph 6:6. μηδὲν κατʼ ἐριθείαν μηδὲ κ. κενοδοξίαν Phil 2:3. κ. ζῆλος zealously 3:6a, unless this pass. belongs under 6 below, in its entirety. κ. σάρκα on the physical plane Ro 8:12f; 2 Cor 1:17; also 5:16ab, if here κ. ς. belongs w. οἴδαμεν or ἐγνώκαμεν (as Bachmann, JWeiss, H-D Wendland, Sickenberger take it; s. 7a below). καθʼ ὑπερβολήν (PTebt 42, 5f [c. 114 B.C.] ἠδικημένος καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπὸ, Ἁρμιύσιος; 4 Macc 3:18) beyond measure, beyond comparison Ro 7:13; 1 Cor 12:31; 2 Cor 4:17. καθʼ ὁμοιότητα (Aristot.; Gen 1:12; Philo, Fug. 51; Tat. 12, 4 κ. τὸ ὅμοιον αὐτῇ) in a similar manner Hb 4:15b. κ. μικρόν in brief B 1:5 (μικρός 1eγ).⑥ denoting relationship to someth., with respect to, in relation to κ. σάρκα w. respect to the flesh, physically of human descent Ro 1:3; 4:1; 9:3, 5 (Ar. 15, 7 κ. σάρκα … κ. ψυχήν; Just., D. 43, 7 ἐν τῷ γένει τῷ κ. σάρκα τοῦ Ἀβραάμ al.). κ. τὸν ἔσω ἄνθρωπον 7:22 (cp. POxy 904, 6 πληγαῖς κατακοπτόμενον κ. τὸ σῶμα). Cp. Ro 1:4; 11:28; Phil 3:5, 6b (for vs. 6a s. 5bβ above); Hb 9:9b. τὰ κ. τινα (Hdt. 7, 148; Diod S 1, 10, 73; Aelian, VH 2, 20; PEleph 13, 3; POxy 120, 14; Tob 10:9; 1 Esdr 9:17; 2 Macc 3:40; 9:3 al.) someone’s case, circumstances Ac 24:22 (cp. PEleph 13, 3 τὰ κ. σε; Just., A I, 61, 13 τὰ κ. τὸν Ἰησοῦν πάντα, D. 102, 2 τὰ κ. αὐτόν; Ath. 24, 4 τὸ κ. τοὺς ἀγγέλους); 25:14; Eph 6:21; Phil 1:12; Col 4:7. κ. πάντα in all respects (since Thu. 4, 81, 3; Sb 4324, 3; 5761, 22; SIG 834, 7; Gen 24:1; Wsd 19:22; 2 Macc 1:17; 3 Macc 5:42; JosAs 1:7; Just., A II, 4, 4, D. 35, 8 al.); Ac 17:22; Col 3:20, 22a; Hb 2:17 (Artem. 1, 13 αὐτῷ ὅμοιον κ. π.); 4:15a.⑦ Somet. the κατά phrase, which would sound cumbersome in the rendering ‘such-and-such’, ‘in line with’, or ‘in accordance with’, is best rendered as an adj., a possessive pron., or with a genitival construction to express the perspective from which something is perceived or to be understood. In translation it thus functions asⓐ an adj. (Synes., Kingdom 4 p. 4d τὰ κατʼ ἀρετὴν ἔργα i.e. the deeds that are commensurate with that which is exceptional = virtuous deeds; PHib 27, 42 ταῖς κ. σελήνην ἡμέραις; 4 Macc 5:18 κ. ἀλήθειαν=ἀληθής; Just., A I, 2, 1 τοὺς κ. ἀλήθειαν εὐσεβεῖς; Tat. 26, 2 τῆς κ. ἀλήθειαν σοφίας) οἱ κ. φύσιν κλάδοι the natural branches Ro 11:21. ἡ κατʼ εὐσέβειαν διδασκαλία 1 Ti 6:3; cp. Tit 1:1b. οἱ κ. σάρκα κύριοι the earthly masters (in wordplay, anticipating the κύριος who is in the heavens, vs. 9) Eph 6:5. Cp. 2 Cor 5:16b, in case (s. 5bβ above) κ. ς. belongs w. Χριστόν (as the majority, incl. Ltzm., take it): a physical Christ, a Christ in the flesh, in his earthly relationships (σάρξ 5). Correspondingly in vs. 16a κ. ς. would be taken w. οὐδένα: no one simply as a physical being.—JMartyn, JKnox Festschr., ’67, 269–87.ⓑ a possessive pron., but with limiting force (Demosth. 2, 27 τὰ καθʼ ὑμᾶς ἐλλείμματα [i.e. in contrast to the activities of others: ‘your own’]; Aelian, VH 2, 42 ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ἀρετή; 3, 36; OGI 168, 17 παραγεγονότες εἰς τοὺς καθʼ ὑμᾶς τόπους; SIG 646, 6; 807, 15 al.; UPZ 20, 9 [II B.C.] ἐπὶ τῆς καθʼ ἡμᾶς λειτουργίας; PTebt 24, 64; 2 Macc 4:21; Tat. 42, 1 τίς ὁ θεὸς καὶ τίς ἡ κατʼ αὐτὸν ποίησις; Mel., HE 4, 26, 7 ἡ καθʼ ἡμᾶς φιλοσοφία) τῶν καθʼ ὑμᾶς ποιητῶν τινες some of your (own) poets Ac 17:28. ἡ καθʼ ὑμᾶς πίστις Eph 1:15. ὁ καθʼ ὑμᾶς νόμος Ac 18:15. τὸ κατʼ ἐμὲ πρόθυμον my eagerness Ro 1:15.ⓒ a gen. w. a noun (Polyb. 3, 113, 1 ἡ κ. τὸν ἥλιον ἀνατολή; 2, 48, 2; 3, 8, 1 al.; Diod S 14, 12 ἡ κ. τὸν τύραννον ὠμότης; Dionys. Hal. 2, 1; SIG 873, 5 τῆς κ. τ. μυστήρια τελετῆς; 569, 22; 783, 20; PTebt 5, 25; PLond III, 1164k, 20 p. 167 [212 A.D.] ὑπὸ τοῦ κ. πατέρα μου ἀνεψιοῦ) τὰ κ. Ἰουδαίους ἔθη the customs of the Judeans Ac 26:3 (Tat. 12, 5 τῇ κ. Βαβυλωνίους προγνωστικῇ; 34, 2 ἡ κ. τὸν Ἀριστόδημον πλαστική). Cp. 27:2. ἡ κ. πίστιν δικαιοσύνη the righteousness of faith Hb 11:7. ἡ κατʼ ἐκλογὴν πρόθεσις purpose of election Ro 9:11.—Here also belong the titles of the gospels εὐαγγέλιον κατὰ Ματθαῖον etc., where κατά is likew. periphrasis for a gen. (cp. JLydus, De Mag. 3, 46 p. 136, 10 Wünsch τῆς κ. Λουκανὸν συγγραφῆς; Herodian 2, 9, 4 of an autobiography ἐν τῷ καθʼ αὑτὸν βίῳ; Jos., C. Ap. 1, 18 τ. καθʼ αὐτὸν ἱστορίαν; 2 Macc 2:13. Cp. B-D-F §163; 224, 2; Zahn, Einleitung §49; BBacon, Why ‘According to Mt’? Exp., 8th ser., 16, 1920, 289–310).—On the periphrasis of the gen. by κατά s. Rudberg (ἀνά beg.) w. many exx. fr. Pla. on. But it occurs as early as Thu. 6, 16, 5 ἐν τῷ κατʼ αὐτοὺς βίῳ.—M-M. DELG. EDNT. TW. -
6 go
ɡəu
1. 3rd person singular present tense - goes; verb1) (to walk, travel, move etc: He is going across the field; Go straight ahead; When did he go out?) ir2) (to be sent, passed on etc: Complaints have to go through the proper channels.) enviar, tramitar, pasar3) (to be given, sold etc: The prize goes to John Smith; The table went for $100.) vender(se), darse4) (to lead to: Where does this road go?) ir, llevar5) (to visit, to attend: He goes to school every day; I decided not to go to the movie.) ir, acudir6) (to be destroyed etc: This wall will have to go.) desaparecer, destruir, demoler7) (to proceed, be done: The meeting went very well.) ir, desarrollarse8) (to move away: I think it is time you were going.) irse, partir, marcharse9) (to disappear: My purse has gone!) desaparecer, esfumarse10) (to do (some action or activity): I'm going for a walk; I'm going hiking next week-end.) ir a11) (to fail etc: I think the clutch on this car has gone.) averiarse12) (to be working etc: I don't think that clock is going.) ir bien, funcionar13) (to become: These apples have gone bad.) volverse, ponerse14) (to be: Many people in the world regularly go hungry.) ir, ponerse, guardarse, colocarse15) (to be put: Spoons go in that drawer.) pasar, transcurrir16) (to pass: Time goes quickly when you are enjoying yourself.) valer, estar permitido, ser aceptable17) (to be used: All her pocket-money goes on sweets.) hacer18) (to be acceptable etc: Anything goes in this office.) ser, estar, tener19) (to make a particular noise: Dogs go woof, not miaow.) gastarse, utilizarse, usarse20) (to have a particular tune etc: How does that song go?) ser, decir21) (to become successful etc: She always makes a party go.) funcionar, triunfar, salir bien
2. noun1) (an attempt: I'm not sure how to do it, but I'll have a go.) intento2) (energy: She's full of go.) energía, empuje•- going
3. adjective1) (successful: That shop is still a going concern.) próspero, que funciona bien2) (in existence at present: the going rate for typing manuscripts.) actual, del momento•- go-ahead
4. noun(permission: We'll start as soon as we get the go-ahead.) luz verde, visto bueno- going-over
- goings-on
- no-go
- all go
- be going on for
- be going on
- be going strong
- from the word go
- get going
- give the go-by
- go about
- go after
- go against
- go along
- go along with
- go around
- go around with
- go at
- go back
- go back on
- go by
- go down
- go far
- go for
- go in
- go in for
- go into
- go off
- go on
- go on at
- go out
- go over
- go round
- go slow
- go steady
- go through
- go through with
- go too far
- go towards
- go up
- go up in smoke/flames
- go with
- go without
- keep going
- make a go of something
- make a go
- on the go
go1 n1. turnowhose go is it? ¿a quién le toca?2. intentocan I have a go? ¿puedo intentarlo yo?go2 vb1. ir / irsewho did you go with? ¿con quién fuiste?2. salir3. ir / salir4. funcionardoes this clock go? ¿funciona este reloj?5. volverse / quedarse6. desaparecermy wallet has gone! ¡ha desaparecido mi cartera!7. terminarse / acabarseall the cheese has gone se ha terminado el queso / no queda nada de quesohas the pain gone? ¿se te ha pasado el dolor?8. pasargotr[gəʊ]1 (energy) energía, empuje nombre masculino2 (turn) turno3 (try) intento4 (start) principio1 (gen) ir2 (leave) marcharse, irse; (bus, train, etc) salir■ let's go! ¡vámonos!3 (vanish) desaparecer4 (function) funcionar, marchar5 (become) volverse, ponerse, quedarse■ to go deaf volverse sordo,-a6 (fit) entrar, caber8 (be kept) guardarse9 (sell) venderse10 (progress) ir, marchar, andar11 (be spent on) irse, gastarse12 (be available) quedar, haber■ is there any more meat going? ¿queda algo de carne?13 (be acceptable) valer■ almost anything goes to win para ganar, casi todo vale14 (make a noise, gesture, etc) hacer15 (time - pass) pasar; (- be remaining) faltar16 (say) decir■ there she goes again otra vez con el mismo rollo, otra vez con la misma canción1 (make a noise) hacer2 (travel) hacer, recorrer■ they had only gone a mile when the car stopped sólo habían recorrido una milla cuando se les paró el cocheinterjection go!1 (starting races) ¡ya!■ ready, steady, go! ¡preparados, listos, ya!\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLit's no go es inútil, no hay nada que hacerto be all the go estar muy de modato go about one's business ocuparse de sus asuntosto be going to estar a punto de■ they were just going to start, when it started to rain estaban a punto de empezar, cuando la lluvia hizo acto de presenciato go one better than somebody superar a alguiento go too far ir demasiado lejos, pasarse de la raya, pasarseto go to sleep dormirseto have a go at somebody criticar a alguien, meterse con alguiento make a go of something tener éxito en algo1) proceed: irto go slow: ir despacioto go shopping: ir de compras2) leave: irse, marcharse, salirlet's go!: ¡vámonos!the train went on time: el tren salió a tiempo3) disappear: desaparecer, pasarse, irseher fear is gone: se le ha pasado el miedomy pen is gone!: ¡mi pluma desapareció!4) extend: ir, extenderse, llegarthis road goes to the river: este camino se extiende hasta el ríoto go from top to bottom: ir de arriba abajo5) function: funcionar, marcharthe car won't go: el coche no funcionato get something going: poner algo en marcha6) sell: venderseit goes for $15: se vende por $157) progress: ir, andar, seguirmy exam went well: me fue bien en el examenhow did the meeting go?: ¿qué tal la reunión?8) become: volverse, quedarsehe's going crazy: está volviéndose locothe tire went flat: la llanta se desinfló9) fit: caberit will go through the door: cabe por la puertaanything goes! : ¡todo vale!to go : faltaronly 10 days to go: faltan sólo 10 díasto go back on : faltar uno a (su promesa)to go bad spoil: estropearse, echarse a perderto go for : interesarse uno en, gustarle a uno (algo, alguien)I don't go for that: eso no me interesato go off explode: estallarto go with match: armonizar con, hacer juego congo v auxto be going to : ir aI'm going to write a letter: voy a escribir una cartait's not going to last: no va a durargo n, pl goes1) attempt: intento mto have a go at: intentar, probar2) success: éxito m3) energy: energía f, empuje mto be on the go: no parar, no descansargov.(§ p.,p.p.: went, gone) = andar v.(§pret: anduv-)• caminar v.• correr v.• funcionar v.• ir v.(§pres: voy, vas...), subj: vay-, imp: ib-, pret: fu-•)• marchar v.
I
1. gəʊ2)a) (move, travel) ir*who goes there? — ( Mil) ¿quién va?
are you going my way? — ¿vas hacia el mismo sitio que yo?
where do we go from here? — ¿y ahora qué hacemos?
b) (start moving, acting)go when the lights turn green — avanza or (fam) dale cuando el semáforo se ponga verde
ready, (get) set, go! — preparados or en sus marcas, listos ya!
here goes! — allá vamos (or voy etc)!
there you go — (colloq) ( handing something over) toma or aquí tienes; ( something is ready) ya está or listo
don't go telling everybody — (colloq) no vayas a contárselo a todo el mundo
3) (past p gone/been)a) ( travel to) ir*where are you going? — ¿adónde vas?
to go by car/bus/plane — ir* en coche/autobús/avión
to go on foot/horseback — ir* a pie/a caballo
to go for a walk/drive — ir* a dar un paseo/una vuelta en coche
to go to + inf — ir* a + inf
they've been to see the exhibition — han visitado la exposición, han estado en la exposición
to go and + inf — ir* a + inf
go and see what she wants — anda or vete a ver qué quiere
b) ( attend) ir*to go on a training course — hacer* un curso de capacitación
to go on a diet — ponerse* a régimen
to go -ing — ir* a + inf
to go swimming/hunting — ir* a nadar/cazar
4) (attempt, make as if to)to go to + inf — ir* a + inf
5) (leave, depart) \<\<visitor\>\> irse*, marcharse (esp Esp); \<\<busain\>\> salir*well, I must be going — bueno, me tengo que ir ya
to leave go — soltar*; let II 1) c)
6)a) ( pass) \<\<time\>\> pasarit's just gone nine o'clock — (BrE) son las nueve pasadas
the time goes quickly — el tiempo pasa volando or rápidamente
b) ( disappear) \<\<headache/fear\>\> pasarse or irse* (+ me/te/le etc); \<\<energy/confidence\>\> desaparecer*has the pain gone? — ¿se te (or le etc) ha pasado or ido el dolor?
c) \<\<money/food\>\> ( be spent) irse*; ( be used up) acabarsewhat do you spend it all on? - I don't know, it just goes — ¿en qué te lo gastas? - no sé, se (me) va como el agua
the money/cream has all gone — se ha acabado el dinero/la crema
to go on something: half his salary goes on drink — la mitad del sueldo se le va en bebida
7)a) ( be disposed of)that sofa will have to go — nos vamos (or se van etc) a tener que deshacer de ese sofá
b) ( be sold) vendersethe bread has all gone — no queda pan, el pan se ha vendido todo
the painting went for £1,000 — el cuadro se vendió en 1.000 libras
going, going, gone — a la una, a las dos, vendido
8)a) (cease to function, wear out) \<\<bulb/fuse\>\> fundirse; \<\<thermostat/fan/exhaust\>\> estropearseher memory/eyesight is going — está fallándole or está perdiendo la memoria/la vista
the brakes went as we... — los frenos fallaron cuando...
b) ( die) (colloq) morir*9) to goa) ( remaining)I still have 50 pages to go — todavía me faltan or me quedan 50 páginas
b) ( take away) (AmE)10)a) ( lead) \<\<path/road\>\> ir*, llevarb) (extend, range) \<\<road/railway line\>\> ir*it only goes as far as Croydon — sólo va or llega hasta Croydon
to go from... to... — \<\<prices/ages/period\>\> ir* de... a... or desde... hasta...
11)a) ( have place) ir*; ( fit) caber*; see also go in, go intob) ( be divisible)5 into 11 won't o doesn't go — 11 no es divisible por 5
12)a) ( become)to go blind/deaf — quedarse ciego/sordo
to go crazy — volverse* loco
to go mouldy — (BrE) enmohecerse*
to go sour — agriarse, ponerse* agrio
b) (be, remain)to go barefoot/naked — ir* or andar* descalzo/desnudo
13) (turn out, proceed, progress) ir*how are things going? — ¿cómo van or andan las cosas?
14)a) ( be available) (only in -ing form)I'll take any job that's going — estoy dispuesto a aceptar el trabajo que sea or cualquier trabajo que me ofrezcan
is there any coffee going? — (BrE) ¿hay café?
b) ( be in general)it's not expensive as dishwashers go — no es caro, para lo que cuestan los lavavajillas
15)a) (function, work) \<\<heater/engine/clock\>\> funcionarto have a lot going for one — tener* muchos puntos a favor
to have a good thing going: we've got a good thing going here — esto marcha muy bien
b)to get going: the car's OK once it gets going el coche marcha bien una vez que arranca; I find it hard to get going in the mornings me cuesta mucho entrar en acción por la mañana; it's late, we'd better get going es tarde, más vale que nos vayamos; to get something going: we tried to get a fire going tratamos de hacer fuego; we need some music to get the party going hace falta un poco de música para animar la fiesta; to get somebody going: all this stupid nonsense really gets me going — estas estupideces me sacan de quicio
c)to keep going — ( continue to function) aguantar; ( not stop) seguir*
to keep a project going — mantener* a flote un proyecto
16) (continue, last out) seguir*how long can you go before you need a break? — ¿cuánto aguantas sin descansar?
we can go for weeks without seeing a soul — podemos estar or pasar semanas enteras sin ver un alma
17)a) ( sound) \<\<bell/siren\>\> sonar*b) (make sound, movement) hacer*18)a) ( contribute)to go to + inf: everything that goes to make a good school todo lo que contribuye a que una escuela sea buena; that just goes to prove my point eso confirma lo que yo decía or prueba que tengo razón; it just goes to show: we can't leave them on their own — está visto que no los podemos dejar solos
b) ( be used)to go toward something/to + inf: all their savings are going toward the trip van a gastar todos sus ahorros en el viaje; the money will go to pay the workmen — el dinero se usará para pagar a los obreros
19) (run, be worded) \<\<poem/prayer\>\> decir*how does the song go? — ¿cómo es la (letra/música de la) canción?
20)a) ( be permitted)anything goes — todo vale, cualquier cosa está bien
b) (be necessarily obeyed, believed)what the boss says goes — lo que dice el jefe, va a misa
c) (match, suit) pegar*, ir*that shirt and that tie don't really go — esa camisa no pega or no va or no queda bien con esa corbata; see also go together, go with
2.
vt ( say) (colloq) ir* y decir* (fam)that's enough of that, he goes — -ya está bueno -va y dice
3.
v aux (only in -ing form)to be going to + infa) ( expressing intention) ir* a + infI was just going to make some coffee — iba a or estaba por hacer café
b) (expressing near future, prediction) ir* a + infPhrasal Verbs:- go about- go after- go ahead- go along- go at- go away- go back- go below- go by- go down- go for- go in- go into- go off- go on- go out- go over- go past- go round- go to- go under- go up- go with
II
1) ca) ( attempt)he emptied the bottle at o in one go — vació la botella de un tirón or de una sentada (fam)
go at something/-ing: it's my first go at writing for radio es la primera vez que escribo para la radio; I want to have a go at learning Arabic quiero intentar aprender árabe; have a go prueba a ver, inténtalo; I've had a good go at the kitchen le he dado una buena pasada or un buen repaso a la cocina; it's no go es imposible; to give something a go (BrE) intentar algo; to have a go at somebody (colloq): she had a go at me for not having told her se la agarró conmigo por no habérselo dicho (fam); to make a go of something — sacar* algo adelante
b) ( turn)whose go is it? — ¿a quién le toca?
c) ( chance to use)can I have a go on your typewriter? — ¿me dejas probar tu máquina de escribir?
2) u (energy, drive) empuje m, dinamismo m(to be) on the go: I've been on the go all morning no he parado en toda la mañana; he's got three jobs on the go — (BrE) está haciendo tres trabajos a la vez
III
adjective (pred)[ɡǝʊ] (vb: pt went) (pp gone) (N: pl goes) When go is part of a set combination such as go cheap, go far, go down the tube, look up the other word.all systems go — todo listo or luz verde para despegar
1. INTRANSITIVE VERB1) (=move, travel) ir•
to go and do sth — ir a hacer algonow you've gone and done it! * — ¡ahora sí que la has hecho buena!
to go and see sb, go to see sb — ir a ver a algn
•
to go along a corridor — ir por un pasillo•
we can talk as we go — podemos hablar por el caminoadd the sugar, stirring as you go — añada el azúcar, removiendo al mismo tiempo, añada el azúcar, sin dejar de remover
•
to go at 30 mph — ir a 30 millas por hora•
to go by car/bicycle — ir en coche/bicicleta•
the train goes from London to Glasgow — el tren va de Londres a Glasgow•
to go on a journey — ir de viaje•
there he goes! — ¡ahí va!•
to go to a party — ir a una fiestathe child went to his mother — el niño fue a or hacia su madre
•
where do we go from here? — (fig) ¿qué hacemos ahora?•
halt, who goes there? — alto, ¿quién va or vive?2) (=depart) [person] irse, marcharse; [train, coach] salirI'm going now — me voy ya, me marcho ya
"where's Judy?" - "she's gone" — -¿dónde está Judy? -se ha ido or se ha marchado
"food to go" — (US) "comida para llevar"
3) euph (=die) irse4) (=disappear) [object] desaparecer; [money] gastarse; [time] pasar•
the cake is all gone — se ha acabado todo el pastel•
gone are the days when... — ya pasaron los días cuando...•
that sideboard will have to go — tendremos que deshacernos de ese aparador•
military service must go! — ¡fuera con el servicio militar!•
there goes my chance of promotion! — ¡adiós a mi ascenso!missing 1., 1)•
only two days to go — solo faltan dos días5) (=be sold) venderse ( for por, en)it went for £100 — se vendió por or en 100 libras
going, going, gone! — (at auction) ¡a la una, a las dos, a las tres!
6) (=extend) extenderse, llegar•
the garden goes down to the lake — el jardín se extiende or llega hasta el lago•
money doesn't go far nowadays — hoy día el dinero apenas da para nada7) (=function) [machine] funcionarit's a magnificent car but it doesn't go — es un coche magnífico, pero no funciona
the washing machine was going so I didn't hear the phone — la lavadora estaba en marcha, así es que no oí el teléfono
to make sth go, to get sth going — poner algo en marcha
8) (=endure) aguantarI don't know how much longer we can go without food — no sé cuánto tiempo más podremos aguantar sin comida
to go hungry/thirsty — pasar hambre/sed
9) (with activities, hobbies)to go fishing/riding/swimming — ir a pescar/montar a caballo/nadar
•
to go for a walk — dar un paseoto go for a swim — ir a nadar or a bañarse
10) (=progress) ir•
how did the exam go? — ¿cómo te fue en el examen?how's it going? * —
how goes it? * —
what goes? — (US) * ¿qué tal? *, ¿qué tal va? *, ¡qué hubo! (Mex, Chile) *
•
to make a party go (with a swing) — dar ambiente a una fiesta•
all went well for him until... — todo le fue bien hasta que...mustard and lamb don't go, mustard doesn't go with lamb — la mostaza no va bien con el cordero, la mostaza no pega con el cordero *
cava goes well with anything — el cava va bien or combina con todo
12) (=become)For phrases with go and an adjective, such as to go bad, go soft, go pale, you should look under the adjective.to go red/green — ponerse rojo/verde
you're not going to go all sentimental/shy/religious on me! — ¡no te me pongas sentimental/tímido/religioso! *, ¡no te hagas el sentimental/tímido/religioso conmigo!
to go communist — [constituency, person] volverse comunista
•
to go mad — (lit, fig) volverse locoSee:BECOME, GO, GET in become13) (=fit) caber4 into 12 goes 3 times — 12 entre cuatro son tres, 12 dividido entre cuatro son tres
14) (=be accepted) valersay•
that goes for me too — (=applies to me) eso va también por mí; (=I agree) yo también estoy de acuerdo15) (=fail) [material] desgastarse; [chair, branch] romperse; [elastic] ceder; [fuse, light bulb] fundirse; [sight, strength] fallar•
his health is going — su salud se está resintiendo•
his hearing/ mind is going — está perdiendo el oído/la cabeza•
his nerve was beginning to go — estaba empezando a perder la sangre fría•
her sight is going — le está empezando a fallar la vista•
my voice has gone — me he quedado afónico16) (=be kept) irwhere does this book go? — ¿dónde va este libro?
17) (=be available)is there any tea going? — (=is there any left?) ¿queda té?; (=will you get me one?) ¿me haces un té?
18) (=get underway)whose turn is it to go? — (in game) ¿a quién le toca?, ¿quién va ahora?
go! — (Sport) ¡ya!
•
all systems go — (Space) (also fig) todo listo- there you go again!19) (=be destined) [inheritance] pasar; [fund] destinarse•
all his money goes on drink — se le va todo el dinero en alcohol•
the inheritance went to his nephew — la herencia pasó a su sobrino•
the money will go towards the holiday — el dinero será para las vacaciones20) (=sound) [doorbell, phone] sonar21) (=run)how does that song go? — [tune] ¿cómo va esa canción?; [words] ¿cómo es la letra de esa canción?
the story goes that... — según dicen...
22) (=do) hacer23) * (=go to the toilet) ir al baño•
it's a fairly good garage as garages go — es un garaje bastante bueno, para como son normalmente los garajeshe's not bad, as estate agents go — no es un mal agente inmobiliario, dentro de lo que cabe
•
let's get going! — (=be on our way) ¡vamos!, ¡vámonos!, ¡ándale! (Mex); (=start sth) ¡manos a la obra!, ¡adelante!to get going on or with sth — ponerse con algo
I've got to get going on or with my tax — tengo que ponerme con los impuestos
once he gets going... — una vez que se pone..., una vez que empieza...
•
to keep going — (=moving forward) seguir; (=enduring) resistir, aguantar; (=functioning) seguir funcionandoto keep sb going: this medicine kept him going — esta medicina le daba fuerzas para seguir
a cup of coffee is enough to keep him going all morning — una taza de café le basta para funcionar toda la mañana
enough money to keep them going for a week or two — suficiente dinero para que pudiesen tirar * or funcionar una o dos semanas
•
to keep sth going, the workers are trying to keep the factory going — los trabajadores están intentando mantener la fábrica en funcionamiento or en marchalet (me) go! — ¡suéltame!
you're wrong, but we'll let it go — no llevas razón, pero vamos a dejarlo así
to let o.s. go — (physically) dejarse, descuidarse; (=have fun) soltarse el pelo *
far 1., 2)•
to let go of sth/sb — soltar algo/a algn2. TRANSITIVE VERB1) (=travel) [+ route] hacerwhich route does the number 29 go? — ¿qué itinerario hace el 29?
which way are you going? — ¿por dónde vais a ir?, ¿qué camino vais a tomar?
we had only gone a few kilometres when... — solo llevábamos unos kilómetros cuando...
distance 1., 1)to go it —
2) (=make) hacerthe car went "bang!" — el coche hizo "bang"
3) * (=say) soltar *"shut up!" he goes — -¡cállate! -suelta
he goes to me, "what do you want?" — va y me dice or me suelta: -¿qué quieres? *
4) (Gambling) (=bet) apostarhe went £50 on the red — apostó 50 libras al rojo
I can only go £15 — solo puedo llegar a 15 libras
5) *- go one better- go it alone3.MODAL VERB irI'm going/I was going to do it — voy/iba a hacerlo
to go doing sththere's going to be trouble — se va a armar un lío *, va a haber follón *
don't go getting upset * — venga, no te enfades
to go looking for sth/sb — ir a buscar algo/a algn
4. NOUN1) (=turn)whose go is it? — ¿a quién le toca?
2) (=attempt) intento m•
to have a go (at doing sth) — probar (a hacer algo)shall I have a go? — ¿pruebo yo?, ¿lo intento yo?
to have another go — probar otra vez, intentarlo otra vez
•
at or in one go — de un (solo) golpe3) * (=bout)they've had a rough go of it — lo han pasado mal, han pasado una mala racha
4) * (=energy) empuje m, energía f•
to be full of go — estar lleno de empuje or energía•
there's no go about him — no tiene empuje or energía5) * (=success)•
to make a go of sth — tener éxito en algo6)- have a go at sbon the go —
5.ADJECTIVE(Space)all systems are go — (lit, fig) todo listo
See:COME, GO in come- go about- go after- go ahead- go along- go at- go away- go back- go below- go by- go down- go for- go in- go into- go off- go on- go out- go over- go round- go to- go under- go up- go with* * *
I
1. [gəʊ]2)a) (move, travel) ir*who goes there? — ( Mil) ¿quién va?
are you going my way? — ¿vas hacia el mismo sitio que yo?
where do we go from here? — ¿y ahora qué hacemos?
b) (start moving, acting)go when the lights turn green — avanza or (fam) dale cuando el semáforo se ponga verde
ready, (get) set, go! — preparados or en sus marcas, listos ya!
here goes! — allá vamos (or voy etc)!
there you go — (colloq) ( handing something over) toma or aquí tienes; ( something is ready) ya está or listo
don't go telling everybody — (colloq) no vayas a contárselo a todo el mundo
3) (past p gone/been)a) ( travel to) ir*where are you going? — ¿adónde vas?
to go by car/bus/plane — ir* en coche/autobús/avión
to go on foot/horseback — ir* a pie/a caballo
to go for a walk/drive — ir* a dar un paseo/una vuelta en coche
to go to + inf — ir* a + inf
they've been to see the exhibition — han visitado la exposición, han estado en la exposición
to go and + inf — ir* a + inf
go and see what she wants — anda or vete a ver qué quiere
b) ( attend) ir*to go on a training course — hacer* un curso de capacitación
to go on a diet — ponerse* a régimen
to go -ing — ir* a + inf
to go swimming/hunting — ir* a nadar/cazar
4) (attempt, make as if to)to go to + inf — ir* a + inf
5) (leave, depart) \<\<visitor\>\> irse*, marcharse (esp Esp); \<\<bus/train\>\> salir*well, I must be going — bueno, me tengo que ir ya
to leave go — soltar*; let II 1) c)
6)a) ( pass) \<\<time\>\> pasarit's just gone nine o'clock — (BrE) son las nueve pasadas
the time goes quickly — el tiempo pasa volando or rápidamente
b) ( disappear) \<\<headache/fear\>\> pasarse or irse* (+ me/te/le etc); \<\<energy/confidence\>\> desaparecer*has the pain gone? — ¿se te (or le etc) ha pasado or ido el dolor?
c) \<\<money/food\>\> ( be spent) irse*; ( be used up) acabarsewhat do you spend it all on? - I don't know, it just goes — ¿en qué te lo gastas? - no sé, se (me) va como el agua
the money/cream has all gone — se ha acabado el dinero/la crema
to go on something: half his salary goes on drink — la mitad del sueldo se le va en bebida
7)a) ( be disposed of)that sofa will have to go — nos vamos (or se van etc) a tener que deshacer de ese sofá
b) ( be sold) vendersethe bread has all gone — no queda pan, el pan se ha vendido todo
the painting went for £1,000 — el cuadro se vendió en 1.000 libras
going, going, gone — a la una, a las dos, vendido
8)a) (cease to function, wear out) \<\<bulb/fuse\>\> fundirse; \<\<thermostat/fan/exhaust\>\> estropearseher memory/eyesight is going — está fallándole or está perdiendo la memoria/la vista
the brakes went as we... — los frenos fallaron cuando...
b) ( die) (colloq) morir*9) to goa) ( remaining)I still have 50 pages to go — todavía me faltan or me quedan 50 páginas
b) ( take away) (AmE)10)a) ( lead) \<\<path/road\>\> ir*, llevarb) (extend, range) \<\<road/railway line\>\> ir*it only goes as far as Croydon — sólo va or llega hasta Croydon
to go from... to... — \<\<prices/ages/period\>\> ir* de... a... or desde... hasta...
11)a) ( have place) ir*; ( fit) caber*; see also go in, go intob) ( be divisible)5 into 11 won't o doesn't go — 11 no es divisible por 5
12)a) ( become)to go blind/deaf — quedarse ciego/sordo
to go crazy — volverse* loco
to go mouldy — (BrE) enmohecerse*
to go sour — agriarse, ponerse* agrio
b) (be, remain)to go barefoot/naked — ir* or andar* descalzo/desnudo
13) (turn out, proceed, progress) ir*how are things going? — ¿cómo van or andan las cosas?
14)a) ( be available) (only in -ing form)I'll take any job that's going — estoy dispuesto a aceptar el trabajo que sea or cualquier trabajo que me ofrezcan
is there any coffee going? — (BrE) ¿hay café?
b) ( be in general)it's not expensive as dishwashers go — no es caro, para lo que cuestan los lavavajillas
15)a) (function, work) \<\<heater/engine/clock\>\> funcionarto have a lot going for one — tener* muchos puntos a favor
to have a good thing going: we've got a good thing going here — esto marcha muy bien
b)to get going: the car's OK once it gets going el coche marcha bien una vez que arranca; I find it hard to get going in the mornings me cuesta mucho entrar en acción por la mañana; it's late, we'd better get going es tarde, más vale que nos vayamos; to get something going: we tried to get a fire going tratamos de hacer fuego; we need some music to get the party going hace falta un poco de música para animar la fiesta; to get somebody going: all this stupid nonsense really gets me going — estas estupideces me sacan de quicio
c)to keep going — ( continue to function) aguantar; ( not stop) seguir*
to keep a project going — mantener* a flote un proyecto
16) (continue, last out) seguir*how long can you go before you need a break? — ¿cuánto aguantas sin descansar?
we can go for weeks without seeing a soul — podemos estar or pasar semanas enteras sin ver un alma
17)a) ( sound) \<\<bell/siren\>\> sonar*b) (make sound, movement) hacer*18)a) ( contribute)to go to + inf: everything that goes to make a good school todo lo que contribuye a que una escuela sea buena; that just goes to prove my point eso confirma lo que yo decía or prueba que tengo razón; it just goes to show: we can't leave them on their own — está visto que no los podemos dejar solos
b) ( be used)to go toward something/to + inf: all their savings are going toward the trip van a gastar todos sus ahorros en el viaje; the money will go to pay the workmen — el dinero se usará para pagar a los obreros
19) (run, be worded) \<\<poem/prayer\>\> decir*how does the song go? — ¿cómo es la (letra/música de la) canción?
20)a) ( be permitted)anything goes — todo vale, cualquier cosa está bien
b) (be necessarily obeyed, believed)what the boss says goes — lo que dice el jefe, va a misa
c) (match, suit) pegar*, ir*that shirt and that tie don't really go — esa camisa no pega or no va or no queda bien con esa corbata; see also go together, go with
2.
vt ( say) (colloq) ir* y decir* (fam)that's enough of that, he goes — -ya está bueno -va y dice
3.
v aux (only in -ing form)to be going to + infa) ( expressing intention) ir* a + infI was just going to make some coffee — iba a or estaba por hacer café
b) (expressing near future, prediction) ir* a + infPhrasal Verbs:- go about- go after- go ahead- go along- go at- go away- go back- go below- go by- go down- go for- go in- go into- go off- go on- go out- go over- go past- go round- go to- go under- go up- go with
II
1) ca) ( attempt)he emptied the bottle at o in one go — vació la botella de un tirón or de una sentada (fam)
go at something/-ing: it's my first go at writing for radio es la primera vez que escribo para la radio; I want to have a go at learning Arabic quiero intentar aprender árabe; have a go prueba a ver, inténtalo; I've had a good go at the kitchen le he dado una buena pasada or un buen repaso a la cocina; it's no go es imposible; to give something a go (BrE) intentar algo; to have a go at somebody (colloq): she had a go at me for not having told her se la agarró conmigo por no habérselo dicho (fam); to make a go of something — sacar* algo adelante
b) ( turn)whose go is it? — ¿a quién le toca?
c) ( chance to use)can I have a go on your typewriter? — ¿me dejas probar tu máquina de escribir?
2) u (energy, drive) empuje m, dinamismo m(to be) on the go: I've been on the go all morning no he parado en toda la mañana; he's got three jobs on the go — (BrE) está haciendo tres trabajos a la vez
III
adjective (pred)all systems go — todo listo or luz verde para despegar
-
7 AT
I) prep.A. with dative.I. Of motion;1) towards, against;Otkell laut at Skamkatli, bowed down to S.;hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge against A.;2) close atup to;Brynjólfr gengr alit at honum, quite up to him;þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters with him;3) to, at;koma at landi, to come to land;ganga at dómi, to go into court;ganga at stræti, to walk along the street;dreki er niðr fór at ánni (went down the river) fyrir strauminum;refr dró hörpu at ísi, on the ice;5) denoting hostility;renna (sœkja) at e-m, to rush at, assault;gerði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog;6) around;vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a veil round one’s head;bera grjót at e-m, to heap stones upon the body;7) denoting business, engagement;ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after horses, watching sheep;fara at landskuldum, to go collecting rents.II. Of position, &c.;1) denoting presence at, near, by, upon;at kirkju, at church;at dómi, in court;at lögbergi, at the hill of laws;2) denoting participation in;vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, wedding;vera at vígi, to be an accessory in man-slaying;3) ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at;kvalararnir, er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him;var þar at kona nökkur at binda (was there busy dressing) sár manna;4) with proper names of places (farms);konungr at Danmörku ok Noregi, king of;biskup at Hólum, bishop of Holar;at Helgafelli, at Bergþórshváli;5) used ellipt. with a genitive, at (a person’s) house;at hans (at his house) gisti fjölmenni mikit;at Marðar, at Mara’s home;at hins beilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church;at Ránar, at Ran’s (abode).III. Of time;1) at, in;at upphafi, at first, in the beginning;at skilnaði, at parting, when they parted;at páskum, at Easter;at kveldi, at eventide;at þinglausnum, at the close of the Assembly;at fjöru, at the ebb;at flœðum, at the floodtide;2) adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr’;at ári komanda, next year;at vári, er kemr, next spring;generally with ‘komanda’ understood;at sumri, hausti, vetri, vári, next summer, &c.;3) used with an absolute dative and present or past part.;at sér lifanda, duing his lifetime;at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all;at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the hearing of the chief;at upprennandi sólu, at sunrise;at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks are past;at honum önduðum, after his death;4) denoting uninterrupted succession, after;hverr at öðrum, annarr at öðrum, one after another;skildu menn at þessu, thereupon, after this;at því (thereafter) kómu aðrar meyjar.IV. fig. and in various uses;1) to, into, with the notion of destruction or change;brenna (borgina) at ösku, to burn to ashes;verða at ormi, to become a snake;2) for, as;gefa e-t at gjöf, as a present;eiga e-n at vin, to have one as friend;3) by;taka sverð at hjöltum, by the hilt;draga út björninn at hlustunum, by the ears;kjósa at afli, álitum, by strength, appearrance;4) as regards as to;auðigr at fé, wealthy in goods;vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face;5) as a law term, on the grounds of, by reason of;ryðja ( to challenge) dóm at mægðum, kvið at frændsemi;6) as a paraphrase of a genitive;faðir, móðir at barni (= barns, of a child);aðili at sök = aðili sakar;7) with adjectives denoting colour, size, age, of;hvítr, svartr, rauðr at lit, while, black, red of colour;mikill, lítill at stœrð, vexti, tall, small of stature;tvítugr at aldri, twenty years of age;kýr at fyrsta, öðrum kálfi, a cow that has calved once, twice;8) determining the source from which anything comes, of, from;Ari nam ok marga frœði at Þuríði (from her);þiggja, kaupa, geta, leigja e-t at e-m, to receive, buy, obtain, borrow a thing from one;hafa veg (virðing) styrk at e-m, to derive honour, power, from one;9) according, to, after (heygðr at fornum sið);at ráði allra vitrustu manna, by the advice of;at landslögum, by the law of the land;at vánum, as was to be expected;at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave;10) in adverbial phrases;gróa (vera grœddr) at heilu, to be quite healed;bíta af allt gras at snøggu, quite bare;at fullu, fully;at vísu, surely;at frjálsu, freely;at eilífu, for ever and ever;at röngu, at réttu, wrongly, rightly;at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same;at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent.B. with acc., after, upon (= eptir);sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, to take the inheritance after his father;eiga féránsdóm at e-n, to hold a court of execution upon a person;at þat (= eptir þat), after that, thereafter;connected with a past part. or a., at Gamla fallinn, after the fall of Gamli;at Hrungni dauðan, upon the death of Hrungnir.1) as the simple mark of the infinitive, to;at ganga, at ríða, at hlaupa, to walk, to ride, to run;2) in an objective sense;hann bauð þeim at fara, sitja, he bade (ordered) them to go, sit;gefa e-m at eta, at drekka, to give one to eat, to drink;3) denoting design or purpose, in order to (hann gekk í borg at kaupa silfr).1) demonstrative particle before a comparative, the, all the, so much the;hón grét at meir, she wept the more;þykkir oss at líkara, all the more likely;þú ert maðr at verri (so much the worse), er þú hefir þetta mælt;2) rel. pron., who, which, that (= er);þeir allir, at þau tíðindi heyrðu, all those who heard;sem þeim er títt, at ( as is the custom of those who) kaupferðir reka.conj., that;1) introducing a subjective or objective clause;þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, it happened once that H.;vilda ek, at þú réðist austr í fjörðu, I should like you to go;svá mikill lagamaðr, at, so great a lawyer, that;3) with subj., denoting end or purpose, in order that (skáru þeir fyrir þá (viz. hestana) melinn, at þeir dœi eigi af sulti);4) since, because, as (= því at);5) connected with þó, því, svá;þó at (with subj.), though, although;því at, because, for;svá at, so that;6) temp., þá at (= þá er), when;þegar at (= þegar er), as soon as;þar til at (= þar til er), until, till;áðr at (= á. en), before;7) used superfluously after an int. pron. or adv.;Ólafr spurði, hvern styrk at hann mundi fá honum, what help he was likely to give him;in a relative sense; með fullkomnum ávexti, hverr at (which) þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða.V)negative verbal suffix, = ata; var-at, was not.odda at, Yggs at, battle.* * *1.and að, prep., often used ellipt. dropping the case and even merely as an adverb, [Lat. ad; Ulf. at = πρός and παρά, A. S. ät; Engl. at; Hel. ad = apud; O. H. G. az; lost in mod. Germ., and rare in Swed. and Dan.; in more freq. use in Engl. than any other kindred language, Icel. only excepted]:—the mod. pronunciation and spelling is að (aþ); this form is very old, and is found in Icel. vellum MSS. of the 12th century, e. g. aþ, 623. 60; yet in earlier times it was sounded with a tenuis, as we may infer from rhymes, e. g. jöfurr hyggi at | hve ek yrkja fat, Egill: Sighvat also makes it rhyme with a t. The verse by Thorodd—þar vastu at er fjáðr klæðið þvat (Skálda 162)—is hardly intelligible unless we accept the spelling with an aspirate (að), and say that þvað is = þvá = þváði, lavabat; it may be that by the time of Thorodd and Ari the pure old pronunciation was lost, or is ‘þvat’ simply the A. S. þvât, secuit? The Icelanders still, however, keep the tenuis in compounds before a vowel, or before h, v, or the liquids l, r, thus—atyrða, atorka, athöfn, athugi, athvarf, athlægi; atvinna, atvik; atlaga, atlíðanði ( slope), atriði, atreið, atróðr: but aðdjúpr, aðfinsla (critic), aðferð, aðkoma, aðsókn, aðsúgr (crowding), aðgæzla. In some words the pronunciation is irregular, e. g. atkvæði not aðkv-; atburðr, but aðbúnaðr; aðhjúkran not athjúkran; atgörvi not aðgörfi. At, to, towards; into; against; along, by; in regard to; after.Mostly with dat.; rarely with acc.; and sometimes ellipt.—by dropping the words ‘home,’ ‘house,’ or the like—with gen.WITH DAT.A. LOC.I. WITH MOTION; gener. the motion to the borders, limits of an object, and thus opp. to frá:1. towards, against, with or without the notion of arrival, esp. connected with verbs denoting motion (verba movendi et eundi), e. g. fara, ganga, koma, lúta, snúa, rétta at…; Otkell laut at Skamkatli, O. louted (i. e. bowed down) towards S., Nj. 77, Fms. xi. 102; sendimaðrinn sneri ( turned) hjöltum sverðsins at konungi, towards the king, i. 15; hann sneri egginni at Ásgrími, turned the edge towards A., Nj. 220; rétta e-t at e-m, to reach, hand over, Ld. 132; ganga at, to step towards, Ísl. ii. 259.2. denoting proximity, close up to, up to; Brynjólfr gengr … allt at honum, B. goes quite up to him, Nj. 58; Gunnarr kom þangat at þeim örunum, G. reached them even there with his arrows, 115; þeir kómust aldri at honum, they could never get near him, to close quarters, id.; reið maðr at þeim (up to them), 274; þeir höfðu rakit sporin allt at ( right up to) gammanum, Fms. i. 9; komu þeir at sjó fram, came down to the sea, Bárð. 180.3. without reference to the space traversed, to or at; koma at landi, to land, Ld. 38, Fms. viii. 358; ríða at dyrum, Boll. 344; hlaupa at e-m, to run up to, run at, Fms. vii. 218, viii. 358; af sjáfarganginum er hann gekk at landinu, of the surf dashing against the shore, xi. 6; vísa ólmum hundi at manni, to set a fierce hound at a man, Grág. ii. 118; leggja e-n at velli, to lay low, Eg. 426, Nj. 117; hníga at jörðu, at grasi, at moldu, to bite the dust, to die, Njarð. 378; ganga at dómi, a law term, to go into court, of a plaintiff, defendant, or bystander, Nj. 87 (freq.)4. denoting a motion along, into, upon; ganga at stræti, to walk along the street, Korm. 228, Fms. vii. 39; at ísi, on the ice, Skálda 198, Fms. vii. 19, 246, viii. 168, Eb. 112 new Ed. (á is perh. wrong); máttu menn ganga bar yfir at skipum einum, of ships alone used as a bridge, Fas. i. 378; at höfðum, at nám, to trample on the slain on the battle-field, Lex. Poët.; at ám, along the rivers; at merkiósum, at the river’s mouth, Grág. ii. 355; at endilöngu baki, all along its back, Sks. 100.5. denoting hostility, to rush at, assault; renna at, hlaupa at, ganga, fara, ríða, sækja, at e-m, (v. those words), whence the nouns atrenna, athlaup, atgangr, atför, atreið, atsókn, etc.β. metaph., kom at þeim svefnhöfgi, deep sleep fell on them, Nj. 104. Esp. of weather, in the impers. phrase, hríð, veðr, vind, storm görir at e-m, to be overtaken by a snow storm, gale, or the like; görði þá at þeim þoku mikla, they were overtaken by a thick fog, Bárð. 171.6. denoting around, of clothing or the like; bregða skikkju at höfði sér, to wrap his cloak over his head, Ld. 62; vefja motri at höfði sér, to wrap a snood round her head, 188; sauma at, to stick, cling close, as though sewn on; sauma at höndum sér, of tight gloves, Bs. i. 453; kyrtill svá þröngr sem saumaðr væri at honum, as though it were stitched to him, Nj. 214; vafit at vándum dreglum, tight laced with sorry tags, id.; hosa strengd fast at beini, of tight hose, Eg. 602; hann sveipar at sér iðrunum ok skyrtunni, he gathers up the entrails close to him and the skirt too, Gísl. 71; laz at síðu, a lace on the side, to keep the clothes tight, Eg. 602.β. of burying; bera grjót at einum, to heap stones upon the body, Eg. 719; var gör at þeim dys or grjóti, Ld. 152; gora kistu at líki, to make a coffin for a body, Eb. 264, Landn. 56, Ld. 142.γ. of summoning troops or followers; stefna at sér mönnum, to summon men to him, Nj. 104; stefna at sér liði, Eg. 270; kippa mönnum at sér, to gather men in haste, Ld. 64.7. denoting a business, engagement; ríða at hrossum, at sauðum, to go looking after after horses, watching sheep, Glúm. 362, Nj. 75; fara at fé, to go to seek for sheep, Ld. 240; fara at heyi, to go a-haymaking, Dropl. 10; at veiðum, a-hunting; at fuglum, a-fowling; at dýrum, a-sbooting; at fiski, a-fishing; at veiðiskap, Landn. 154, Orkn. 416 (in a verse), Nj. 25; fara at landskuldum, to go a-collecling rents, Eg. 516; at Finnkaupum, a-marketing with Finns, 41; at féföngum, a-plundering, Fms. vii. 78; ganga at beina, to wait on guests, Nj. 50; starfa at matseld, to serve at table, Eb. 266; hitta e-n at nauðsynjum, on matters of business; at máli, to speak with one, etc., Fms. xi. 101; rekast at e-m, to pursue one, ix. 404; ganga at liði sér, to go suing for help, Grág. ii. 384.β. of festivals; snúa, fá at blóti, veizlu, brullaupi, to prepare for a sacrificial banquet, wedding, or the like, hence at-fangadagr, Eb. 6, Ld. 70; koma at hendi, to happen, befall; ganga at sínu, to come by one’s own, to take it, Ld. 208; Egill drakk hvert full er at honum kom, drained every horn that came to him, Eg. 210; komast at keyptu, to purchase dearly, Húv. 46.8. denoting imaginary motion, esp. of places, cp. Lat. spectare, vergere ad…, to look or lie towards; horfði botninn at höfðanum, the bight of the bay looked toward the headland, Fms. i. 340, Landn. 35; also, skeiðgata liggr at læknum, leads to the brook, Ísl. ii. 339; á þann arminn er vissi at sjánum, on that wing which looked toward the sea, Fms. viii. 115; sár þau er horft höfðu at Knúti konungi, xi. 309.β. even connected with verbs denoting motion; Gilsáreyrr gengr austan at Fljótinu, G. extends, projects to F. from the east, Hrafh. 25; hjá sundi því, er at gengr þingstöðinni, Fms. xi. 85.II. WITHOUT MOTION; denoting presence at, near, by, at the side of, in, upon; connected with verbs like sitja, standa, vera…; at kirkju, at church, Fms. vii. 251, K. f). K. 16, Ld. 328, Ísl. ii. 270, Sks. 36; vera at skála, at húsi, to be in, at home, Landn. 154; at landi, Fms. i. 82; at skipi, on shipboard, Grág. i. 209, 215; at oldri, at a banquet, inter pocula; at áti, at dinner, at a feast, inter edendum, ii. 169, 170; at samförum ok samvistum, at public meetings, id.; at dómi, in a court; standa (to take one’s stand) norðan, sunnan, austan, vestan at dómi, freq. in the proceedings at trials in lawsuits, Nj.; at þingi, present at the parliament, Grág. i. 142; at lögbergi, o n the hill of laws, 17, Nj.; at baki e-m, at the back of.2. denoting presence, partaking in; sitja at mat, to sit at meat, Fms. i. 241; vera at veizlu, brullaupi, to be at a banquet, nuptials, Nj. 51, Ld. 70: a law term, vera at vígi, to be an accessory in manslaying, Nj. 89, 100; vera at e-u simply means to be about, be busy in, Fms. iv. 237; standa at máli, to stand by one in a case, Grág. ii. 165, Nj. 214; vera at fóstri, to be fostered, Fms. i. 2; sitja at hégóma, to listen to nonsense, Ld. 322; vera at smíð, to be at one’s work, Þórð. 62: now absol., vera at, to go on with, be busy at.3. the law term vinna eið at e-u has a double meaning:α. vinna eið at bók, at baugi, to make an oath upon the book by laying the band upon it, Landn. 258, Grág., Nj.; cp. Vkv. 31, Gkv. 3. 3, Hkv. 2. 29, etc.: ‘við’ is now used in this sense.β. to confirm a fact (or the like) by an oath, to swear to, Grág. i. 9, 327.γ. the law phrase, nefna vátta at e-u, of summoning witnesses to a deed, fact, or the like; nefna vátta at benjum, to produce evidence, witnesses as to the wounds, Nj., Grág.; at görð, Eg. 738; at svörum, Grág. i. 19: this summoning of witnesses served in old lawsuits the same purpose as modern pleadings and depositions; every step in a suit to be lawful must be followed by such a summoning or declaration.4. used ellipt., vera at, to be about, to be busy at; kvalararnir er at vóru at pína hann, who were tormenting him; þar varstu at, you were there present, Skálda 162; at várum þar, Gísl. (in a verse): as a law term ‘vera at’ means to be guilty, Glúm. 388; vartattu at þar, Eg. (in a verse); hence the ambiguity of Glum’s oath, vask at þar, I was there present: var þar at kona nokkur ( was there busy) at binda sár manna, Fms. v. 91; hann var at ok smíðaði skot, Rd. 313; voru Varbelgir at ( about) at taka af, þau lög …, Fms. ix. 512; ek var at ok vafk, I was about weaving, xi. 49; þeir höfðu verit at þrjú sumur, they had been busy at it for three summers, x. 186 (now very freq.); koma at, come in, to arrive unexpectedly; Gunnarr kom at í því, G. came in at that moment; hvaðan komtú nú at, whence did you come? Nj. 68, Fms. iii. 200.5. denoting the kingdom or residence of a king or princely person; konungr at Danmörk ok Noregi, king of…, Fms. i. 119, xi. 281; konungr, jarl, at öllum Noregi, king, earl, over all N., íb. 3, 13, Landn. 25; konungr at Dyflinni, king of Dublin, 25; but í or yfir England!, Eg. 263: cp. the phrase, sitja at landi, to reside, of a king when at home, Hkr. i. 34; at Joini, Fms. xi. 74: used of a bishop; biskup at Hólum, bishop of Hólar, Íb. 18, 19; but biskup í Skálaholti, 19: at Rómi, at Rome, Fbr. 198.6. in denoting a man’s abode (vide p. 5, col. 1, l. 27), the prep. ‘at’ is used where the local name implies the notion of by the side of, and is therefore esp. applied to words denoting a river, brook, rock, mountain, grove, or the like, and in some other instances, by, at, e. g. at Hofi (a temple), Landn. 198; at Borg ( a castle), 57; at Helgafelli (a mountain), Eb. constantly so; at Mosfelli, Landn. 190; at Hálsi (a hill), Fms. xi. 22; at Bjargi, Grett. 90; Hálsum, Landn. 143; at Á ( river), 296, 268; at Bægisá, 212; Giljá, 332; Myrká, 211; Vatnsá, id.; þverá, Glúm. 323; at Fossi (a ‘force’ or waterfall), Landn. 73; at Lækjamoti (waters-meeting), 332; at Hlíðarenda ( end of the lithe or hill), at Bergþórshváli, Nj.; at Lundi (a grove), at Melum (sandhill), Landn. 70: the prep. ‘á’ is now used in most of these cases, e. g. á Á, á Hofi, Helgafelli, Felli, Hálsi, etc.β. particularly, and without any regard to etymology, used of the abode of kings or princes, to reside at; at Uppsölum, at Haugi, Alreksstöðum, at Hlöðum, Landn., Fms.γ. konungr lét kalla at stofudyrum, the king made a call at the hall door, Eg. 88; þeir kölluðu at herberginu, they called at the inn, Fms. ix. 475.7. used ellipt. with a gen., esp. if connected with such words as gista, to be a guest, lodge, dine, sup (of festivals or the like) at one’s home; at Marðar, Nj. 4; at hans, 74; þingfesti at þess bóanda, Grág. i. 152; at sín, at one’s own home, Eg. 371, K. Þ. K. 62; hafa náttstað at Freyju, at the abode of goddess Freyja, Eg. 603; at Ránar, at Ran’s, i. e. at Ran’s house, of drowned men who belong to the queen of the sea, Ran, Eb. 274; at hins heilaga Ólafs konungs, at St. Olave’s church, Fms. vi. 63: cp. ad Veneris, εις Κίμωνος.B. TEMP.I. at, denoting a point or period of time; at upphafi, at first, in the beginning, Ld. 104; at lyktum, at síðustu, at lokum, at last; at lesti, at last, Lex. Poët., more freq. á lesti; at skilnaði, at parting, at last, Band. 3; at fornu, in times of yore, formerly, Eg. 267, D. I. i. 635; at sinni, as yet, at present; at nýju, anew, of present time; at eilífu, for ever and ever; at skömmu, soon, shortly, Ísl. ii. 272, v. l.II. of the very moment when anything happens, the beginning of a term; denoting the seasons of the year, months, weeks, the hours of the day; at Jólum, at Yule, Nj. 46; at Pálmadegi, on Palm Sunday, 273; at Páskum, at Easter; at Ólafsvöku, on St. Olave’s eve, 29th of July, Fms.; at vetri, at the beginning of the winter, on the day when winter sets in, Grág. 1. 151; at sumarmálum, at vetrnáttum; at Tvímánaði, when the Double month (August) begins, Ld. 256, Grág. i. 152; at kveldi, at eventide, Eg. 3; at því meli, at that time; at eindaga, at the term, 395; at eykð, at 4 o’clock p. m., 198; at öndverðri æfi Abra hams, Ver. II; at sinni, now at once, Fms. vi. 71; at öðruhverju, every now and then.β. where the point of time is marked by some event; at þingi, at the meeting of parliament (18th to the 24th of June), Ld. 182; at féránsdómi, at the court of execution, Grág. i. 132, 133; at þinglausnum, at the close of the parliament (beginning of July), 140; at festarmálum, eðr at eiginorði, at betrothal or nuptials, 174; at skilnaði, when they parted, Nj. 106 (above); at öllum minnum, at the general drinking of the toasts, Eg. 253; at fjöru, at the ebb; at flæðum, at flood tide, Fms. viii. 306, Orkn. 428; at hrörum, at an inquest, Grág. i. 50 (cp. ii. 141, 389); at sökum, at prosecutions, 30; at sinni, now, as yet, v. that word.III. ellipt., or adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr,’ of the future time:1. ellipt., komanda or the like being understood, with reference to the seasons of the year; at sumri, at vetri, at hausti, at vári, next summer, winter…, Ísl. ii. 242; at miðju sumri, at ári, at Midsummer, next year, Fas. i. 516; at miðjum vetri, Fms. iv. 237,2. adding ‘komanda’ or ‘er kemr;’ at ári komanda, Bárð. 177; at vári er kemr, Dipl. iii. 6.IV. used with an absolute dat. and with a pres. part.:1. with pres. part.; at morni komanda, on the coming morrow, Fms. i. 263; at sér lifanda, in vivo, in his life time, Grág. ii. 202; at þeim sofundum, illis dormientibus, Hkr. i. 234; at öllum ásjándum, in the sight of all, Fms. x. 329; at úvitanda konungi, illo nesciente, without his knowledge, 227; at áheyranda höfðingjanum, in the chief’s bearing, 235.2. of past time with a past part. (Lat. abl. absol.); at hræjum fundnum, on the bodies being found, Grág. ii. 87; at háðum dómum ok föstu þingi, during the session, the courts being set, i. 484; at liðnum sex vikum, after six weeks past, Band. 13; at svá búnu, so goru, svá komnu, svá mæltu (Lat. quibus rebus gestis, dictis, quo facto, dicto, etc.), v. those words; at úreyndu, without trial, without put ting one to the test, Ld. 76; at honum önduðum, illo mortuo.3. ellipt. without ‘at;’ en þessum hlutum fram komnum, when all this has been done, Eb. 132.V. in some phrases with a slight temp, notion; at görðum gildum, the fences being strong, Gþl. 387; at vörmu spori, at once, whilst the trail is warm; at úvörum, unawares, suddenly, Nj. 95, Ld. 132; at þessu, at this cost, on that condition, Eb. 38, Nj. 55; at illum leiki, to have a narrow escape, now við illan leik, Fms. ix. 473; at því, that granted, Grág. ii. 33: at því, at pessu, thereafter, thereupon, Nj. 76.2. denoting succession, without interruption, one after another; hverr at öðrum, annarr maðr at öðrum, aðrir at öðrum; eina konu at annarri, Eg. 91, Fms. ii. 236, vi. 25, Bs. i. 22, 625. 80, H. E. i. 522.C. METAPH. and in various cases:I. denoting a transformation or change into, to, with the notion of destruction; brenna at ösku, at köldum kolum, to burn to ashes, to be quite destroyed, Fms. i. 105, Edda 3, Sturl. ii. 51: with the notion of transformation or transfiguration, in such phrases as, verða at e-u, göra e-t at e-u, to turn it into:α. by a spell; verða at ormi, to become a snake, Fms. xi. 158; at flugdrekum, Gullþ. 7; urðu þau bönd at járni, Edda 40.β. by a natural process it can often be translated by an acc. or by as; göra e-n at urðarmanni, to make him an outlaw, Eg. 728; græða e-n at orkumlamanni, to heal him so as to maim him for life, of bad treatment by a leech, Eb. 244: in the law terms, sár görist at ben, a wound turning into a ben, proving to be mortal, Grág., Nj.; verða at ljúgvætti, to prove to be a false evidence, Grág. i. 44; verða at sætt, to turn into reconciliation, Fms. i. 13; göra e-t at reiði málum, to take offence at, Fs. 20; at nýjum tíðindum, to tell as news, Nj. 14; verða fátt at orðum, to be sparing of words, 18; kveðr (svá) at orði, to speak, utter, 10; verða at þrifnaði, to geton well, Fms. vii. 196: at liði, at skaða, to be a help or hurt to one; at bana, to cause one’s death, Nj. 223, Eg. 21, Grág. ii. 29: at undrum, at hlátri, to become a wonder, a laughing-stock, 623. 35, Eg. 553.II. denoting capacity, where it may be translated merely by as or for; gefa at Jólagjöf, to give for a Christmas-box, Eg. 516; at gjöf, for a present; at erfð, at láni, launum, as an inheritance, a loan; at kaupum ok sökum, for buying and selling, Ísl. ii. 223, Grág. i. 423; at solum, ii. 204; at herfangi, as spoil or plunder; at sakbótum, at niðgjöldum, as a compensation, weregeld, i. 339, ii. 171, Hkr. ii. 168; taka at gíslingu, to take as an hostage, Edda 15; eiga e-n at vin, at óvin, to have one as friend or foe, illt er at eiga þræl at eingavin, ‘tis ill to have a thrall for one’s bosom friend (a proverb), Nj. 77; fæða, eiga, at sonum (syni), to beget a son, Edda 8, Bs. i. 60 (but eiga at dóttur cannot be said); hafa möttul at yfirhöfn, Fms. vii. 201; verða nökkut at manni (mönnum), to turn out to be a worthy man; verða ekki at manni, to turn out a worthless person, xi. 79, 268.2. in such phrases as, verða at orðum, to come towards, Nj. 26; var þat at erindum, Eg. 148; hafa at veizlum, to draw veizlur ( dues) from, Fms. iv. 275, Eg. 647; gora e-t at álitum, to take it into consideration, Nj. 3.III. denoting belonging to, fitting, of parts of the whole or the like; vóru at honum (viz. the sword) hjölt gullbúin, the sword was ornamented with a hilt of gold, Ld. 330; umgörð at ( belonging to) sverði, Fs. 97 (Hs.) in a verse; en ef mór er eigi at landinu, if there be no turf moor belonging to the land, Grág. ii. 338; svá at eigi brotnaði nokkuð at Orminum, so that no harm happened to the ship Worm, Fms. x. 356; hvatki er meiðir at skipinu eðr at reiðinu eðr at viðum, damage done t o …, Grág. ii. 403; lesta ( to injure) hús at lásum, við eðr torfi, 110; ef land hefir batnað at húsum, if the land has been bettered as to its buildings, 210; cp. the phrase, göra at e-u, to repair: hamlaðr at höndum eðr fótum, maimed as to hands or feet, Eg. 14; heill at höndum en hrumr at fótum, sound in band, palsied in foot, Fms. vii. 12; lykill at skrá, a key belonging, fitting, to the latch; hurð at húsi; a key ‘gengr at’ ( fits) skrá; and many other phrases. 2. denoting the part by which a thing is held or to which it belongs, by; fá, taka at…, to grasp by …; þú tókt við sverði hans at hjöltunum, you took it by the bill, Fms. i. 15; draga út björninn at hlustum, to pull out the bear by the ears, Fas. ii. 237; at fótum, by the feet, Fms. viii. 363; mæla ( to measure) at hrygg ok at jaðri, by the edge or middle of the stuff, Grág. i. 498; kasta e-m at höfði, head foremost, Nj. 84; kjósa e-n at fótum, by the feet alone, Edda 46; hefja frændsemi at bræðrum, eða at systkynum, to reckon kinship by the brother’s or the sister’s side, Grág. i. 28; kjósa at afli, at álitum, by strength, sight, Gs. 8, belongs rather to the following.IV. in respect of, as regards, in regard to, as to; auðigr at fé, wealthy of goods, Nj. 16, 30, 51; beztir hestar at reið, the best racehorses, 186; spekingr at viti, a man of great intellect, Ld. 124; vænn (fagr) at áliti, fair of face, Nj. 30, Bs. i. 61; kvenna vænst at ásjónu ok vits munum, of surpassing beauty and intellect, Ld. 122; fullkominn at hyggju, 18; um fram aðra menn at vinsældum ok harðfengi, of surpassing popularity and hardihood, Eb. 30.2. a law term, of challenging jurors, judges, or the like, on account of, by reason of; ryðja ( to challenge) at mægðum, guðsifjum, frændsemi, hrörum …; at leiðarlengd, on account of distance, Grág. i. 30, 50, Nj. (freq.)3. in arithm. denoting proportion; at helmingi, þriðjungi, fjórðungi, tíunda hluta, cp. Lat. ex asse, quadrante, for the half, third… part; máttr skal at magni (a proverb), might and main go together, Hkr. ii. 236; þú munt vera at því mikill fræðimaðr á kvæði, in the same proportion, as great, Fms. vi. 391, iii. 41; at e-s hluta, at… leiti, for one’s part, in turn, as far as one is con cerned, Grág. i. 322, Eg. 309, Fms. iii. 26 (freq.): at öðrum kosti, in the other case, otherwise (freq.) More gener., at öllu, öngu, in all (no) respects; at sumu, einhverju, nokkru, partly; at flestu, mestu, chiefly.4. as a paraphrase of a genitive; faðir, móðir at barni (= barns); aðili at sök (= sakar a.); morðingi at barni (= barns), faðerni at barni (barns); illvirki at fé manna (cp. Lat. felo de se), niðrfall at sökum (saka), land gangr at fiskum (fiska), Fms. iv. 274, Grág. i. 277, 416, N. G. L. i. 340, K. Þ. K. 112, Nj. 21.5. the phrase ‘at sér,’ of himself or in himself, either ellipt. or by adding the participle görr, and with the adverbs vel, ilia, or the like; denoting breeding, bearing, endowments, character …; væn kona, kurteis ok vel at sér, an accomplished, well-bred, gifted lady, Nj. I; vitr maðr ok vel at sér, a wise man and thoroughly good in feeling and bearing, 5; þú ert maðr vaskr ok vel at þér, 49; gerr at sér, accomplished, 51; bezt at sér görr, the finest, best bred man, 39, Ld. 124; en þó er hann svá vel at sér, so generous, Nj. 77; þeir höfðingjar er svá vóru vel at sér, so noble-minded, 198, Fms. i. 160: the phrase ‘at sér’ is now only used of knowledge, thus maðr vel að sér means clever, a man of great knowledge; illa að sér, a blockhead.6. denoting relations to colour, size, value, age, and the like; hvitr, svartr, grár, rauðr … at lit, white, swarthy, gray, red … of colour, Bjarn. 55, 28, Ísl. ii. 213, etc.; mikill, lítill, at stærð, vexti, tall, small of size, etc.; ungr, gamall, barn, at aldri, young, old, a child of age; tvítugr, þrítugr … at aldri, twenty, thirty … years of age (freq.): of animals; kyr at fyrsta, öðrum … kálfi, a cow having calved once, twice…, Jb. 346: value, amount, currency of money, kaupa e-t at mörk, at a mark, N. G. L. 1. 352; ok er eyririnn at mörk, amounts to a mark, of the value of money, Grág. i. 392; verðr þá at hálfri murk vaðmála eyrir, amounts to a half a mark, 500.β. metaph. of value, connected with verbs denoting to esteem, hold; meta, hafa, halda at miklu, litlu, vettugi, engu, or the like, to hold in high or low esteem, to care or not to care for (freq.): geta e-s at góðu, illu, öngu, to mention one favourably, unfavourably, indifferently … (freq.), prop. in connection with. In many cases it may be translated by in; ekki er mark at draumum, there is no meaning in dreams, no heed is to be paid to dreams, Sturl. ii. 217; bragð er at þá barnið finnr, it goes too far, when even a child takes offence (a proverb): hvat er at því, what does it mean? Nj. 11; hvert þat skip er vöxtr er at, any ship of mark, i. e. however small, Fms. xi. 20.V. denoting the source of a thing:1. source of infor mation, to learn, perceive, get information from; Ari nam ok marga fræði at Þuríði, learnt as her pupil, at her hands, as St. Paul at the feet of Gamaliel, (just as the Scotch say to speer or ask at a person); Ari nam at Þorgeiri afraðskoll, Hkr. (pref.); nema kunnáttu at e-m, used of a pupil, Fms. i. 8; nema fræði at e-m, xi. 396.2. of receiving, acquiring, buying, from; þiggja e-t at e-m, to receive a thing at his hands, Nj. 51; líf, to be pardoned, Fms. x. 173; kaupa land at e-m, to buy it from, Landn. 72, Íb. II, (now af is more freq. in this sense); geta e-t at e-m, to obtain, procure at one’s hands, impetrare; þeirra manna er þeir megu þat geta at, who are willing to do that, Grág. i. I; heimta e-t at e-m (now af), to call in, demand (a debt, money), 279; fala e-t at e-m (now af), to chaffer for or cheapen anything, Nj. 73; sækja e-t at e-m, to ask, seek for; sækja heilræði ok traust at e-m, 98; leiga e-t at e-m (now af), to borrow, Grág. ii. 334; eiga e-t (fé, skuld) at e-m, to be owed money by any one, i. 399: metaph. to deserve of one, Nj. 113; eiga mikit at e-m, to have much to do with, 138; hafa veg, virðing, styrk, at, to derive honour, power from, Fms. vi. 71, Eg. 44, Bárð. 174; gagn, to be of use, Ld. 216; mein, tálma, mischief, disadvantage, 158, 216, cp. Eg. 546; ótta, awe, Nj. 68.VI. denoting conformity, according to, Lat. secundum, ex, after; at fornum sið, Fms. i. 112; at sögn Ara prests, as Ari relates, on his authority, 55; at ráði allra vitrustu manna, at the advice of, Ísl. ii. 259, Ld. 62; at lögum, at landslögum, by the law of the land, Grág., Nj.; at líkindum, in all likelihood, Ld. 272; at sköpum, in due course (poet.); at hinum sama hætti, in the very same manner, Grág. i. 90; at vánum, as was to be expected, Nj. 255; at leyfi e-s, by one’s leave, Eg. 35; úlofi, Grág. ii. 215; at ósk, vilja e-s, as one likes…; at mun, id. (poet.); at sólu, happily (following the course of the sun), Bs. i. 70, 137; at því sem …, as to infer from …, Nj. 124: ‘fara, láta, ganga at’ denotes to yield, agree to, to comply with, give in, Ld. 168, Eg. 18, Fms. x. 368.VII. in phrases nearly or quite adverbial; gróa, vera græddr, at heilu, to be quite healed, Bárð. 167, Eb. 148; bíta at snöggu, to bite it bare, Fms. xi. 6; at þurru, till it becomes dry, Eb. 276; at endilöngu, all along, Fas. ii; vinnast at litlu, to avail little, 655 x. 14; at fullu, fully, Nj. 257, Hkr. i. 171; at vísu, of a surety, surely, Ld. 40; at frjálsu, freely, 308; at líku, at sömu, equally, all the same, Hom. 80, Nj. 267; at röngu, wrongly, 686 B. 2; at hófi, temperately, Lex. Poët.; at mun, at ráði, at marki, to a great extent; at hringum, utterly, all round, (rare), Fms. x. 389; at einu, yet, Orkn. 358; svá at einu, því at einu, allt at einu, yet, however, nevertheless.VIII. connected with comparatives of adverbs and adjectives, and strengthening the sense, as in Engl. ‘the,’ so much the more, all the more; ‘at’ heldr tveimr, at ek munda gjarna veita yðr öllum, where it may be translated by so much the more to two, as I would willingly grant it to all of you; hon grét at meir, she grat (wept) the more, Eg. 483; þykir oss at líkara, all the more likely, Fms. viii. 6; þess at harðari, all the harder, Sturl. iii. 202 C; svá at hinn sé bana at nær, Grág. ii. 117; at auðnara, at hólpnara, the more happy, Al. 19, Grett. 116 B; þess at meiri, Fms. v. 64; auvirðismaðr at meiri, Sturl. ii. 139; maðr at vaskari, id.; at feigri, any the more fey, Km. 22; maðr at verri, all the worse, Nj. 168; ok er ‘at’ firr…, at ek vil miklu heldr, cp. Lat. tantum abest… ut, Eg. 60.β. following after a negation; eigi at síðr, no less, Nj. 160, Ld. 146; eigi… at meiri maðr, any better, Eg. 425, 489; erat héra at borgnara, any the better off for that, Fms. vii. 116; eigi at minni, no less for that, Edda (pref.) 146; eigi at minna, Ld. 216, Fms. ix. 50; ekki at verri drengr, not a bit worse for that, Ld. 42; er mér ekki son minn at bættari, þótt…, 216; at eigi vissi at nær, any more, Fas. iii. 74.IX. following many words:1. verbs, esp. those denoting, a. to ask, enquire, attend, seek, e. g. spyrja at, to speer (ask) for; leita at, to seek for; gæta, geyma at, to pay attention to; huga, hyggja at; hence atspurn, to enquire, aðgæzla, athugi, attention, etc.β. verbs denoting laughter, play, joy, game, cp. the Engl. to play at …, to laugh at …; hlæja, brosa at e-u, to laugh, smile at it; leika (sér) at e-u, to play at; þykja gaman at, to enjoy; hæða, göra gys at …, to make sport at …γ. verbs denoting assistance, help; standa, veita, vinna, hjálpa at; hence atstoð, atvinna, atverk:—mode, proceeding; fara at, to proceed, hence atför and atferli:—compliance; láta, fara at e-u, v. above:— fault; e-t er at e-u, there is some fault in it, Fms. x. 418; skorta at e-u, to fall short of, xi. 98:—care, attendance; hjúkra at, hlýja at, v. these words:—gathering, collecting; draga, reiða, flytja, fá at, congerere:—engagement, arrival, etc.; sækja at, to attack; ganga at, vera at, to be about; koma at, ellipt. to arrive: göra at, to repair: lesta at, to impair (v. above); finna at, to criticise (mod.); telja at, id.: bera at, to happen; kveða at e-m, to address one, 625. 15, (kveða at (ellipt.) now means to pronounce, and of a child to utter (read) whole syllables); falla at, of the flood-tide (ellipt.): metaph. of pains or straits surrounding one; þreyngja, herða at, to press hard: of frost and cold, with regard to the seasons; frjósa at, kólna at, to get really cold (SI. 44), as it were from the cold stiffening all things: also of the seasons themselves; hausta, vetra að, when the season really sets in; esp. the cold seasons, ‘sumra at’ cannot be used, yet we may say ‘vára að’ when the spring sets in, and the air gets mild.δ. in numberless other cases which may partly be seen below.2. connected ellipt. with adverbs denoting motion from a place; norðan, austan, sunnan, vestan at, those from the north, east…; utan at, innan at, from the outside or inside.3. with adjectives (but rarely), e. g. kærr, elskr, virkr (affectionate), vandr (zealous), at e-m; v. these words.WITH ACC.TEMP.: Lat. post, after, upon, esp. freq. in poetry, but rare in prose writers, who use eptir; nema reisi niðr at nið (= maðr eptir mann), in succession, of erecting a monument, Hm. 71; in prose, at þat. posthac, deinde, Fms. x. 323, cp. Rm., where it occurs several times, 2, 6, 9, 14, 18, 24, 28, 30, 35; sonr á at taka arf at föður sinn, has to take the inheritance after his father, Grág. i. 170 new Ed.; eiga féránsdóm at e-n, Grág. i. 89; at Gamla fallinn, after the death of G., Fms. x. 382; in Edda (Gl.) 113 ought to be restored, grét ok at Oð, gulli Freyja, she grat (wept) tears of gold for her lost husband Od. It is doubtful if it is ever used in a purely loc. sense; at land, Grág. (Sb.)ii. 211, is probably corrupt; at hönd = á hönd, Grág. (Sb.) i. 135; at mót = at móti, v. this word.☞ In compounds (v. below) at- or að- answers in turn to Lat. ad- or in- or con-; atdráttr e. g. denotes collecting; atkoma is adventus: it may also answer to Lat. ob-, in atburðr = accidence, but might also be compared with Lat. occurrere.2.and að, the mark of the infinitive [cp. Goth. du; A. S. and Engl. to; Germ. zu]. Except in the case of a few verbs ‘at’ is always placed immediately before the infinitive, so as to be almost an inseparable part of the verb.I. it is used either,1. as, a simple mark of the infinitive, only denoting an action and independent of the subject, e. g. at ganga, at hlaupa, at vita, to go, to run, to know; or,2. in an objective sense when following such verbs as bjóða segja…, to invite, command …; hann bauð þeim at ganga, at sitja, be bade, ordered them to go, sit, or the like; or as gefa and fá; gefa e-m at drekka, at eta, to give one to drink or to eat, etc. etc.β. with the additional notion of intention, esp. when following verba cogitandi; hann ætlaði, hafði í hyggju at fara, he had it in his mind to go (where ‘to go’ is the real object to ætlaði and hafði í hyggju).3. answering to the Gr. ινα, denoting intention, design, in order to; hann gékk í borg at kaupa silfr, in order to buy, Nj. 280; hann sendi riddara sína með þeim at varðveita þær, 623. 45: in order to make the phrase more plain, ‘svá’ and ‘til’ are frequently added, esp. in mod. writers, ‘svá at’ and contr. ‘svát’ (the last however is rare), ‘til at’ and ‘til þess at,’ etc.II. in the earlier times the infin., as in Greek and Lat., had no such mark; and some verbs remain that cannot be followed by ‘at;’ these verbs are almost the same in Icel. as in Engl.:α. the auxiliary verbs vil, mun ( μέλλω), skal; as in Engl. to is never used after the auxiliaries shall, will, must; ek vil ganga, I will go; ek mun fara, (as in North. E.) I mun go; ek skal göra þat, I shall do that, etc.β. the verbs kunna, mega, as in Engl. I can or may do, I dare say; svá hygginn at hann kunni fyrir sökum ráða, Grág. ii. 75; í öllu er prýða má góðan höfðingja, Nj. 90; vera má, it may be; vera kann þat, id.: kunnu, however, takes ‘at’ whenever it means to know, and esp. in common language in phrases such as, það kann að vera, but vera kann þat, v. above.γ. lata, biðja, as in Engl. to let, to bid; hann lét (bað) þá fara, he let (bade) them go.δ. þykkja, þykjast, to seem; hann þykir vera, he is thought to be: reflex., hann þykist vera, sibi videtur: impers., mér þykir vera, mibi videtur, in all cases without ‘at.’ So also freq. the verbs hugsa, hyggja, ætla, halda, to think, when denoting merely the act of thinking; but if there be any notion of intention or purpose, they assume the ‘at;’ thus hann ætlaði, hugði, þá vera góða menn, he thought them to be, acc. c. inf.; but ætlaði at fara, meant to go, etc.ε. the verbs denoting to see, bear; sjá, líta, horfa á … ( videre); heyra, audire, as in Engl. I saw them come, I heard him tell, ek sá þá koma, ek heyrði hann tala.ζ. sometimes after the verbs eiga and ganga; hann gékk steikja, be went to roast, Vkv. 9; eiga, esp. when a mere periphrasis instead of skal, móður sína á maðr fyrst fram færa (better at færa), Grág. i. 232; á þann kvið einskis meta, 59; but at meta, id. l. 24; ráða, nema, göra …, freq. in poetry, when they are used as simple auxiliary verbs, e. g. nam hann sér Högna hvetja at rúnum, Skv. 3. 43.η. hljóta and verða, when used in the sense of must (as in Engl. he must go), and when placed after the infin.of another verb; hér muntu vera hljóta, Nj. 129; but hljóta at vera: fara hlýtr þú, Fms. 1. 159; but þú hlýtr at fara: verða vita, ii. 146; but verða at vita: hann man verða sækja, þó verðr (= skal) maðr eptir mann lifa, Fms. viii. 19, Fas. ii. 552, are exceptional cases.θ. in poetry, verbs with the verbal neg. suffix ‘-at,’ freq. for the case of euphony, take no mark of the infinitive, where it would be indispensable with the simple verb, vide Lex. Poët. Exceptional cases; hvárt sem hann vill ‘at’ verja þá sök, eða, whatever he chooses, either, Grág. i. 64; fyrr viljum vér enga kórónu at bera, en nokkut ófrelsi á oss at taka, we would rather bear no crown than …, Fms. x. 12; the context is peculiar, and the ‘at’ purposely added. It may be left out ellipt.; e. g. þá er guð gefr oss finnast (= at finnast), Dipl. ii. 14; gef honum drekka (= at drekka), Pr. 470; but mostly in unclassical writers, in deeds, or the like, written nastily and in an abrupt style.3.and að, conj. [Goth. þatei = οτι; A. S. þät; Engl. that; Germ, dass; the Ormul. and Scot. at, see the quotations sub voce in Jamieson; in all South-Teutonic idioms with an initial dental: the Scandinavian idioms form an exception, having all dropped this consonant; Swed. åt, Dan. at]. In Icel. the Bible translation (of the 16th century) was chiefly based upon that of Luther; the hymns and the great bulk of theol. translations of that time were also derived from Germany; therefore the germanised form það frequently appears in the Bible, and was often employed by theol. authors in sermons since the time of the Reformation. Jón Vidalin, the greatest modern Icel. preacher, who died in 1720, in spite of his thoroughly classical style, abounds in the use of this form; but it never took root in the language, and has never passed into the spoken dialect. After a relative or demonstr. pronoun, it freq. in mod. writers assumes the form eð, hver eð, hverir eð, hvað eð, þar eð. Before the prep. þú (tu), þ changes into t, and is spelt in a single word attú, which is freq. in some MS.;—now, however, pronounced aððú, aððeir, aððið …, = að þú…, with the soft Engl. th sound. It gener. answers to Lat. ut, or to the relat. pron. qui.I. that, relative to svá, to denote proportion, degree, so…, that, Lat. tam, tantus, tot…, ut; svá mikill lagamaðr, at…, so great a lawyer, that…, Nj. 1; hárið svá mikit, at þat…, 2; svá kom um síðir því máli, at Sigvaldi, it came so far, that…, Fms. xi. 95, Edda 33. Rarely and unclass., ellipt. without svá; Bæringr var til seinn eptir honum, at hann … (= svá at), Bær. 15; hlífði honum, at hann sakaði ekki, Fas. iii. 441.II. it is used,1. with indic, in a narrative sense, answering partly to Gr. οτι, Lat. quod, ut, in such phrases as, it came to pass, happened that …; þat var einhverju sinni, at Höskuldr hafði vinaboð, Nj. 2; þat var á palmdrottinsdag, at Ólafr konungr gékk út um stræti, Fms. ii. 244.2. with subj. answering to Lat. acc. with infin., to mark the relation of an object to the chief verb, e. g. vilda ek at þú réðist, I wished that you would, Nj. 57.β. or in an oblique sentence, answering to ita ut…; ef svá kann verða at þeir láti…, if it may be so that they might…, Fms. xi. 94.γ. with a subj. denoting design, answering to ϊνα or Lat. ut with subj., in order that; at öll veraldar bygðin viti, ut sciat totus orbis, Stj.; þeir skáru fyrir þá melinn, at þeir dæi eigi af sulti, ut ne fame perirent, Nj. 265; fyrsti hlutr bókarinnar er Kristindómsbálkr, at menn skili, in order that men may understand, Gþl. p. viii.III. used in connection with conjunctions,1. esp. þó, því, svá; þó at freq. contr. þótt; svát is rare and obsolete.α. þóat, þótt (North. E. ‘thof’), followed by a subjunctive, though, although, Lat. etsi, quamquam (very freq.); þóat nokkurum mönnum sýnist þetta með freku sett… þá viljum vér, Fms. vi. 21: phrases as, gef þú mér þó at úverðugri, etsi indignae (dat.), Stj. MS. col. 315, are unclass., and influenced by the Latin: sometimes ellipt. without ‘þó,’ eigi mundi hón þá meir hvata göngu sinni, at (= þóat) hon hraeddist bana sinn, Edda 7, Nj. 64: ‘þó’ and ‘at’ separated, svarar hann þó rétt, at hann svari svá, Grág. i. 23; þó er rétt at nýta, at hann sé fyrr skorinn, answering to Engl. yet—though, Lat. attamen —etsi, K. Þ. K.β. því at, because, Lat. nam, quia, with indic.; því at allir vóru gerfiligir synir hans, Ld. 68; því at af íþróttum verðr maðr fróðr, Sks. 16: separated, því þegi ek, at ek undrumst, Fms. iii. 201; því er þessa getið, at þat þótti, it i s mentioned because …, Ld. 68.γ. svá at, so that, Lat. ut, ita ut; grátrinn kom upp, svá at eingi mátti öðrum segja, Edda 37: separated, so … that, svá úsvúst at …, so bad weather, that, Bs. i. 339, etc.2. it is freq. used superfluously, esp. after relatives; hver at = hverr, quis; því at = því, igitur; hverr at þekkr ok þægiligr mun verða, Fms. v. 159; hvern stvrk at hann mundi fá, 44; ek undrumst hvé mikil ógnarraust at liggr í þér, iii. 201; því at ek mátti eigi þar vera elligar, því at þar var kristni vel haldin, Fas. i. 340.IV. as a relat. conj.:1. temp, when, Lat. quum; jafnan er ( est) mér þá verra er ( quum) ek fer á braut þaðan, en þá at ( quum) ek kem, Grett. 150 A; þar til at vér vitum, till we know, Fms. v. 52; þá at ek lýsta (= þá er), when, Nj. 233.2. since, because; ek færi yðr (hann), at þér eruð í einum hrepp allir, because of your being all of the same Rape, Grág. i. 260; eigi er kynlegt at ( though) Skarphéðinn sé hraustr, at þat er mælt at…, because (since) it is a saying that…, Nj. 64.V. in mod. writers it is also freq. superfluously joined to the conjunctions, ef að = ef, si, (Lv. 45 is from a paper MS.), meðan að = meðan, dum; nema að, nisi; fyrst að = fyrst, quoniam; eptir að, síðan að, postquam; hvárt að = hvárt, Lat. an. In the law we find passages such as, þá er um er dæmt eina sök, at þá eigu þeir aptr at ganga í dóminn, Grág. i. 79; ef þing ber á hina helgu viku, at þat á eigi fyrir þeim málum at standa, 106; þat er ok, at þeir skulu reifa mál manna, 64; at þeir skulu með váttorð þá sök sækja, 65: in all these cases ‘at’ is either superfluous or, which is more likely, of an ellipt. nature, ‘the law decrees’ or ‘it is decreed’ being understood. The passages Sks. 551, 552, 568, 718 B, at lokit (= at ek hefi lokit), at hugleitt (= at ek hefi h.), at sent (= at ek hefi sent) are quite exceptional.4.and að, an indecl. relat. pronoun [Ulf. þatei = ος, ος αν, οστις, οσπερ, οιος, etc.; Engl. that, Ormul. at], with the initial letter dropped, as in the conj. at, (cp. also the Old Engl. at, which is both a conj. and a pronoun, e. g. Barbour vi. 24 in Jamieson: ‘I drede that his gret wassalage, | And his travail may bring till end, | That at men quhilc full litil wend.’ | ‘His mestyr speryt quhat tithings a t he saw.’—Wyntoun v. 3. 89.) In Icel. ‘er’ (the relat. pronoun) and ‘at’ are used indifferently, so that where one MS. reads ‘er,’ another reads ‘at,’ and vice versâ; this may easily be seen by looking at the MSS.; yet as a rule ‘er’ is much more freq. used. In mod. writers ‘at’ is freq. turned into ‘eð,’ esp. as a superfluous particle after the relative pron. hverr (hver eð, hvað eð, hverir eð, etc.), or the demonstr. sá (sá eð, þeir eð, hinir eð, etc.):—who, which, that, enn bezta grip at ( which) hafði til Íslands komið, Ld. 202; en engi mun sá at ( cui) minnisamara mun vera, 242; sem blótnaut at ( quae) stærst verða, Fms. iii. 214; þau tiðendi, at mér þætti verri, Nj. 64, etc. etc.5.n. collision (poët.); odda at, crossing of spears, crash of spears, Höfuðl. 8.6.the negative verbal suffix, v. -a. -
8 Ende
n; -s, -n1. räumlich: end; am Ende des Zuges einsteigen get in at the back of the train; das vordere / hintere Ende the front (end) ( oder forward end) / the back, the rear (end); das obere / untere Ende the top (end) / bottom (end); das ( letzte) Ende der Wurst the last bit ( oder tail-end umg.) of the sausage; etw. am falschen oder verkehrten Ende anpacken fig. tackle s.th. the wrong way (a)round, put the cart before the horse; am Ende der Welt wohnen umg. live at the back of beyond ( oder way out in the sticks)2. nur Sg.; eines Zeitraums: end, close; Ende Januar at the end of January; am oder zu / gegen Ende des Monats at / toward(s) the end of the month; noch vor Ende dieser Woche by the end of this week, before the week is out geh.; bis ans Ende aller Tage oder Zeiten until the end of time; Ende der Dreißigerjahre oder dreißiger Jahre in the late thirties, at the end of the thirties; sie ist Ende zwanzig she’s in her late twenties3. (Schluss) end, close; eines Films etc.: ending; Auslaufen eines Vertrags: expiry; einer Frist: end, expiry; (Ergebnis) result, outcome; Ende! FUNK. over!; ohne Ende endless, unending; und damit Ende! and that’s that! ( oder it!); er findet kein Ende he can’t stop, he doesn’t know where ( oder when) to stop; bis zum bitteren Ende to the bitter end; letzten Endes after all, ultimately, in the end, at the end of the day, when all is said and done; die Arbeit geht ihrem Ende entgegen is nearing completion; ohne dass ein Ende abzusehen wäre oder ... und kein Ende in Sicht with no end in sight; das bedeutet das Ende von that’s ( oder that means, that spells) the end of; einer Sache ein Ende machen oder bereiten put a stop ( oder an end) to s.th.; seinem Leben ein Ende machen oder setzen die by one’s own hand geh., end it all umg.; alles hat einmal ein Ende all (good) things come to an end; das muss ein Ende haben oder nehmen it’s got to stop; es nimmt kein Ende it just goes on and on; ein schlimmes oder böses Ende nehmen come to a bad end; mit dir wird es noch ein schlimmes Ende nehmen you’ll come to a bad end; das dicke Ende kommt nach oder noch umg. the worst is yet to come, there’s worse to come, it gets worse; das Ende vom Lied war fig. the end of the story was, what happened in the end was, the upshot of it (all) was umg.; Ende gut, alles gut Sprichw. all’s well that ends well; lieber ein Ende mit Schrecken als ein Schrecken ohne Ende Sprichw. etwa better bite the bullet ( oder face the music), don’t prolong the agony4. am Ende (schließlich) in the end, eventually; (auf die Dauer) in the long run, eventually; am Ende mussten wir hinlaufen we ended ( oder wound umg.) up having to walk (there)5. am Ende (fertig, erledigt, kaputt) finished, done, on one’s last legs; ich bin am Ende (kann nicht mehr) I’m finished, I’ve had it umg., Brit. auch I’m all in umg.; der Wagen ist ( ziemlich) am Ende umg. the car’s (just about) had it, the car’s on its last legs; ich bin mit meiner Geduld / meinen Nerven am Ende I’ve been patient (for) long enough / I can’t stand the strain any longer; ich bin mit meinem Latein oder meiner Weisheit am Ende I’ve run out of ideas ( oder suggestions etc.); stärker: I’m at my wits’ end6. am Ende (vielleicht, womöglich, etwa) maybe, could be, perhaps; am Ende stimmt das sogar! it could even be true!; meinst du das am Ende ernst? are you actually serious about this?, I’m beginning to think you mean it7. zu Ende bringen oder führen finish, complete, see s.th. through; zu Ende gehen (enden) (come to an) end, finish; allmählich: draw to a close; (knapp werden) run short ( oder low); etw. zu Ende denken think s.th. out fully, think s.th. through; zu Ende lesen / schreiben etc. finish (reading / writing etc.); zu Ende sein Schule, Krieg, Wartezeit etc.: be over; Film, Spiel etc.: have finished; Geduld, Vorräte: be at an end, be exhausted, have run out; Vorräte: auch be finished8. nur Sg.; lit. (Zweck) end, purpose; zu welchem Ende? to what end?9. nur Sg.; lit. euph. (Tod) end; sein Ende nahen fühlen sense that one’s end is near ( oder that one has not long to live); es geht zu Ende mit ihm he’s going ( oder slipping) fast, it won’t be long now10. umg. (kleines Stück) bit, piece, scrap; sie hatte ein Ende Schnur in der Tasche she had a ( oder an odd) piece of string in her pocket11. nur Sg.; umg.: es ist noch ein ganzes oder ziemliches Ende it’s a long way (off) yet, there’s quite a distance still13. NAUT. line, rope* * *das Ende(Ablauf) expiration;(Abschluss) termination; close; windup; ending; finish; end;(Ergebnis) result; conclusion; outcome;(Tod) quietus* * *Ẹn|de ['ɛndə]nt -s, -nend; (eines Jahrhunderts etc auch) close; (= Ausgang, Ergebnis) outcome, result; (= Ausgang eines Films, Romans etc) ending; (HUNT = Geweihende) point; (inf = Stückchen) (small) piece; (inf = Strecke) way, stretch; (NAUT = Tau) (rope's) endEnde Mai/der Woche — at the end of May/the week
Ende der zwanziger Jahre or Zwanzigerjahre — in the late twenties
er ist Ende vierzig — he is in his late forties
er wohnt am Ende der Welt (inf) — he lives at the back of beyond, he lives in the middle of nowhere
bis ans Ende der Welt — to the ends of the earth
das Ende vom Lied — the final outcome
lieber ein Ende mit Schrecken als ein Schrecken ohne Ende (Prov) — it's best to get unpleasant things over and done with
letzten Endes — when all is said and done, after all
ein Ende machen — to put an end to sth
damit muss es jetzt ein Ende haben — there has to be an end to this now, this must stop now
das nimmt or findet gar kein Ende (inf) — there's no sign of it stopping, there's no end to it
da ist das Ende von weg! (N Ger inf) — it's incredible! (inf)
... und kein Ende —... with no end in sight,... without end
es war des Staunens/Jubels etc kein Ende (old, liter) — there was no end to the surprise/celebrations etc
es ist noch ein gutes or ganzes Ende (inf) — there's still quite a way to go (yet)
am Ende sein (fig) — to be at the end of one's tether (Brit) or rope (US)
mit etw am Ende sein — to be at the end of sth, to have reached the end of sth; (Vorrat) to have run out of sth
meine Geduld ist am Ende — my patience is at an end
ein Problem am richtigen/falschen or verkehrten Ende anfassen — to tackle a problem from the right/wrong end
Leiden ohne Ende — endless suffering, suffering without end
zu Ende — finished, over, at an end
etw zu Ende bringen or führen — to finish (off) sth
ein Buch/einen Brief zu Ende lesen/schreiben — to finish (reading/writing) a book/letter
zu Ende gehen — to come to an end; (Vorräte) to run out
zu dem Ende, dass... (obs) — to the end that... (form)
zu diesem Ende (obs) — to this end (form)
Ende gut, alles gut (Prov) — all's well that ends well (Prov)
alles hat einmal ein Ende (Prov) — everything must come to an end some time; (angenehme Dinge) all good things must come to an end (Prov)
See:→ dick* * *das1) (a stop, end or finish: the close of day; towards the close of the nineteenth century.) close2) (the last or farthest part of the length of something: the house at the end of the road; both ends of the room; Put the tables end to end (= with the end of one touching the end of another); ( also adjective) We live in the end house.) end3) (the finish or conclusion: the end of the week; The talks have come to an end; The affair is at an end; He is at the end of his strength; They fought bravely to the end; If she wins the prize we'll never hear the end of it (= she will often talk about it).) end4) (the end, especially of a story, poem etc: Fairy stories have happy endings.) ending* * *En·de<-s, -n>[ˈɛndə]nt1. (räumlich) ender setzte sich ganz ans \Ende des Tisches he sat down at the far end of the tabledas äußerste \Ende the extreme endvon allen \Enden from all partsam \Ende at the endsie wohnt ganz am \Ende der Straße she lives at the far end of the roadsie ging am \Ende der Prozession she walked at the tail of the processiondas Telefon befindet sich am \Ende des Zuges the telephone is at the end [or rear] of the traindas obere/untere \Ende der Treppe the head/foot end of the stairsam unteren/oberen \Ende des Tisches at the far end/the head of the tableam \Ende der Seite at the foot [or the bottom] of the pageetw zu \Ende lesen/schreiben to finish reading/writing sthdas spitze \Ende eines Bleistifts the tip of a pencil\Ende August/des Monats/2004 [at] the end of August/the month/2004sie kommt gegen \Ende August she's coming towards the end of Augustdas \Ende des Jahrhunderts the end [or close] of the centurysie ist \Ende 1948 geboren she was born at the end of 1948\Ende zwanzig [o 20] sein to be in one's late twenties [or 20s]„\Ende der Durchsage“ “end of the message”es ist kein \Ende abzusehen there is no end in sightdamit muss es jetzt ein \Ende haben this must stop now\Ende des Zitats end of the quotationam \Ende (fam) finally, at [or in] the endbis zum bitteren \Ende to the bitter enddas \Ende nahen fühlen to feel the end approachingein \Ende nehmen (fam) to come to an enddas nimmt gar kein \Ende there's no end to itohne \Ende without end, endlessFehler ohne \Ende any number of mistakesQualen ohne \Ende suffering without end, endless sufferingdas \Ende eines Projekts the conclusion of a projectetw zu \Ende bringen [o führen] to complete sthdem \Ende zu gehen to draw to a closeetw geht zu \Ende sth is nearly finishedalles geht mal zu [o hat mal ein] \Ende nothing lasts forever, all things must come to an end; (Angenehmes) all good things must come to an end [some time]etw zu einem guten \Ende bringen [o führen] to complete sth successfullyetw zu \Ende lesen to finish reading sthzu \Ende sein to finish, to end; (vorbei sein) to be overwo ist die Straße zu \Ende? where does the road end?der Film ist bald zu \Ende the film finishes soonunser Urlaub ist leider zu \Ende unfortunately, our holiday is over [or is finished]wann ist die Schule/das Spiel zu \Ende? when is school/the game over?, when does school/the game finish?das Spiel ist bald zu \Ende the game will end soondie Stunde ist in 10 Minuten zu \Ende the lesson will end [or finish] in ten minutesmeine Geduld ist zu \Ende my patience has run outdie Geschichte hat ein gutes \Ende the story has a happy endingbei \Ende des Vertrags [up]on termination of the contracter fand ein tragisches \Ende he met a tragic end formsie fühlte ihr \Ende nahen she felt that her end was neares geht mit ihr zu \Ende she is nearing her end formseinem Leben ein \Ende setzen to put an end to one's life form, to commit suicide7. (Stückchen)ein \Ende Brot a crust of breadvon hier bis zum See ist es ein ganzes \Ende it's quite a way from here to the lakewir haben noch ein schönes \Ende Weges vor uns we have a considerable way [or fam a pretty long way] to go yetdas Geweih dieses Hirsches hat zwölf \Enden this stag's antlers have twelve points10.er war bei dieser Frage mit seinem Wissen am \Ende this question baffled himich bin mit meiner Geduld/Weisheit am \Ende I've run out of patience/ideas\Ende der Fahnenstange! that's the limit!▶ lieber ein \Ende mit Schrecken als ein Schrecken ohne \Ende (prov) it's better to end with a short, sharp shock than to prolong the agonysie wohnt am \Ende der Welt she lives at the back of beyond fam▶ jdm bis ans \Ende der Welt folgen to follow sb to the ends of the earth* * *das; Endes, Enden1) endam Ende — at the end; (schließlich) in the end
am Ende der Welt — (scherzh.) at the back of beyond
am/bis/gegen Ende des Monats/der Woche — at/by/towards the end of the month/week
zu Ende sein — <patience, hostility, war> be at an end
die Schule/das Kino/das Spiel ist zu Ende — school is over/the film/game has finished
zu Ende gehen — < period of time> come to an end; <supplies, savings> run out; < contract> expire
etwas zu Ende führen od. bringen — finish something
Ende gut, alles gut — all's well that ends well (prov.)
ein/kein Ende nehmen — come to an end/never come to an end
einer Sache/seinem Leben ein Ende machen od. setzen — (geh.) put an end to something/take one's life
am Ende sein — (ugs.) be at the end of one's tether
2) (ugs.): (kleines Stück) bit; piece3) (ugs.): (Strecke)4) (Jägerspr.) point* * *1. räumlich: end;am Ende des Zuges einsteigen get in at the back of the train;das vordere/hintere Ende the front (end) ( oder forward end)/the back, the rear (end);das obere/untere Ende the top (end)/bottom (end);verkehrten Ende anpacken fig tackle sth the wrong way (a)round, put the cart before the horse;Ende Januar at the end of January;am oderzu/gegen Ende des Monats at/toward(s) the end of the month;noch vor Ende dieser Woche by the end of this week, before the week is out geh;Zeiten until the end of time;dreißiger Jahre in the late thirties, at the end of the thirties;sie ist Ende zwanzig she’s in her late twenties3. (Schluss) end, close; eines Films etc: ending; Auslaufen eines Vertrags: expiry; einer Frist: end, expiry; (Ergebnis) result, outcome;Ende! RADIO over!;ohne Ende endless, unending;und damit Ende! and that’s that! ( oder it!);er findet kein Ende he can’t stop, he doesn’t know where ( oder when) to stop;bis zum bitteren Ende to the bitter end;letzten Endes after all, ultimately, in the end, at the end of the day, when all is said and done;geht ihrem Ende entgegen is nearing completion;… und kein Ende in Sicht with no end in sight;das bedeutet das Ende von that’s ( oder that means, that spells) the end of;alles hat einmal ein Ende all (good) things come to an end;nehmen it’s got to stop;es nimmt kein Ende it just goes on and on;böses Ende nehmen come to a bad end;mit dir wird es noch ein schlimmes Ende nehmen you’ll come to a bad end;noch umg the worst is yet to come, there’s worse to come, it gets worse;das Ende vom Lied war fig the end of the story was, what happened in the end was, the upshot of it (all) was umg;Ende gut, alles gut sprichw all’s well that ends well;lieber ein Ende mit Schrecken als ein Schrecken ohne Ende sprichw etwa better bite the bullet ( oder face the music), don’t prolong the agony4.5.der Wagen ist (ziemlich) am Ende umg the car’s (just about) had it, the car’s on its last legs;ich bin mit meiner Geduld/meinen Nerven am Ende I’ve been patient( for) long enough/I can’t stand the strain any longer;6.am Ende (vielleicht, womöglich, etwa) maybe, could be, perhaps;am Ende stimmt das sogar! it could even be true!;meinst du das am Ende ernst? are you actually serious about this?, I’m beginning to think you mean it7.führen finish, complete, see sth through;zu Ende gehen (enden) (come to an) end, finish; allmählich: draw to a close; (knapp werden) run short ( oder low);etwas zu Ende denken think sth out fully, think sth through;zu Ende lesen/schreiben etc finish (reading/writing etc);zu Ende sein Schule, Krieg, Wartezeit etc: be over; Film, Spiel etc: have finished; Geduld, Vorräte: be at an end, be exhausted, have run out; Vorräte: auch be finishedzu welchem Ende? to what end?sein Ende nahen fühlen sense that one’s end is near ( oder that one has not long to live);10. umg (kleines Stück) bit, piece, scrap;sie hatte ein Ende Schnur in der Tasche she had a ( oder an odd) piece of string in her pocket11. nur sg; umg:ziemliches Ende it’s a long way (off) yet, there’s quite a distance still13. SCHIFF line, rope* * *das; Endes, Enden1) endam Ende — at the end; (schließlich) in the end
am Ende der Welt — (scherzh.) at the back of beyond
am/bis/gegen Ende des Monats/der Woche — at/by/towards the end of the month/week
zu Ende sein — <patience, hostility, war> be at an end
die Schule/das Kino/das Spiel ist zu Ende — school is over/the film/game has finished
zu Ende gehen — < period of time> come to an end; <supplies, savings> run out; < contract> expire
etwas zu Ende führen od. bringen — finish something
Ende gut, alles gut — all's well that ends well (prov.)
ein/kein Ende nehmen — come to an end/never come to an end
einer Sache/seinem Leben ein Ende machen od. setzen — (geh.) put an end to something/take one's life
am Ende sein — (ugs.) be at the end of one's tether
2) (ugs.): (kleines Stück) bit; piece3) (ugs.): (Strecke)4) (Jägerspr.) point* * *-n n.end n.ending n.expiration n.finish n.outcome n.quietus n.result n.tail n. -
9 Art
Portugal did not produce an artist of sufficient ability to gain recognition outside the country until the 19th century. Domingos Antônio Segueira (1768-1837) became well known in Europe for his allegorical religious and historical paintings in a neoclassical style. Portuguese painting during the 19th century emphasized naturalism and did not keep abreast of artistic innovations being made in other European countries. Portugal's best painters lived abroad especially in France. The most successful was Amadeo Souza- Cardoso who, while living in Paris, worked with the modernists Modigliani, Georges Braque, and Juan Gris. Souza-Cardoso introduced modernism into Portuguese painting in the early 20th century. A sustained modernist movement did not develop in Portugal, however. Naturalism remained the dominant school, and Portugal remained isolated from international artistic trends, owing to Portugal's conservative artistic climate, which prevented new forms of art from taking root, and the lack of support from an artistically sophisticated, art-buying elite supported by a system of galleries and foundations.Interestingly, it was during the conservative Estado Novo that modernism began to take root in Portugal. As Prime Minister Antônio de Oliveira Salazar's secretary for national propaganda, Antônio Ferro, a writer, journalist, and cultural leader who admired Mussolini, encouraged the government to allow modern artists to create the heroic imagery of the Estado Novo following the Italian model that linked fascism with futurism. The most important Portuguese artist of this period was Almada Negreiros, who did the murals on the walls of the legendary café A Brasileira in the Chiado district of Lisbon, the paintings at the Exposition of the Portuguese World (1940), and murals at the Lisbon docks. Other artists of note during this period included Mário Eloy (1900-51), who was trained in Germany and influenced by George Grosz and Otto Dix; Domingos Alvarez (1906-42); and Antônio Pedro (1909-66).During the 1950s, the Estado Novo ceased to encourage artists to collaborate, as Portuguese artists became more critical of the regime. The return to Portugal of Antônio Pedro in 1947 led to the emergence of a school of geometric abstract painting in Oporto and the reawakening of surrealism. The art deco styles of the 1930s gave way to surrealism and abstract expression.In the 1960s, links between Portugal's artistic community and the international art world strengthened. Conscription for the wars against the nationalist insurgencies in Angola, Mozambique, and Guinea- Bissau (1961-75) resulted in a massive exodus of Portugal's avante-garde artists to Europe to avoid military service. While abroad, artists such as Joaquin Rodrigo (1912-93), Paula Rego (1935-), João Cutileiro (1947-), and others forged links with British, French, Italian, and Spanish artistic communities.The Revolution of 25 April 1974 created a crisis for Portugal's artists. The market for works of art collapsed as left-wing governments, claiming that they had more important things to do (eliminate poverty, improve education), withdrew support for the arts. Artists declared their talents to be at the "service of the people," and a brief period of socialist realism prevailed. With the return of political stability and moderate governments during the 1980s, Portugal's commercial art scene revived, and a new period of creativity began. Disenchantment with the socialist realism (utopianism) of the Revolution and a deepening of individualism began to be expressed by Portuguese artists. Investment in the arts became a means of demonstrating one's wealth and social status, and an unprecedented number of art galleries opened, art auctions were held, and a new generation of artists became internationally recognized. In 1984, a museum of modern art was built by the Gulbenkian Foundation adjacent to its offices on the Avenida de Berna in Lisbon. A national museum of modern art was finally built in Oporto in 1988.In the 1980s, Portugal's new generation of painters blended post-conceptualism and subjectivism, as well as a tendency toward decon-structionism/reconstructionism, in their work. Artists such as Cabrita Reis (1956-), Pedro Calapez (1953-), José Pedro Croft (1957-), Rui Sanches (1955-), and José de Guimarães (1949-) gained international recognition during this period. Guimarães crosses African art themes with Western art; Sarmento invokes images of film, culture, photography, American erotica, and pulp fiction toward sex, violence, and pleasure; Reis evolved from a painter to a maker of installation artist using chipboard, plaster, cloth, glass, and electrical and plumbing materials.From the end of the 20th century and during the early years of the 21st century, Portugal's art scene has been in a state of crisis brought on by a declining art trade and a withdrawal of financial support by conservative governments. Although not as serious as the collapse of the 1970s, the current situation has divided the Portuguese artistic community between those, such as Cerveira Pito and Leonel Moura, who advocate a return to using primitive, strongly textured techniques and others such as João Paulo Feliciano (1963-), who paint constructivist works that poke fun at the relationship between art, money, society, and the creative process. Thus, at the beginning of the 21st century, the factors that have prevented Portuguese art from achieving and sustaining international recognition (the absence of a strong art market, depending too much on official state support, and the individualistic nature of Portuguese art production) are still to be overcome. -
10 dar
v.1 to give.dar algo a alguien to give something to somebody, to give somebody somethingse lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brotherElla me da dinero She gives me money.Su elogio da ánimos His praise gives encouragement.El negocio da muchas ganancias The business yields much profit.2 to give, to produce.la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice3 to have, to hold (fiesta, cena).dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in someone's honor4 to turn or switch on (luz, agua, gas) (encender).5 to show (Cine, Teatro & TV).dan una película del oeste they're showing a western, there's a western on6 to show.dar muestras de sensatez to show good sense7 to teach.dar inglés/historia to teach English/history8 to deal (repartir) (en naipes).9 to strike (horas).dieron las tres en el reloj three o'clock struck10 to get, to catch.11 to deliver, to render, to allot, to confer.12 to feel.Me da alegría I feel joy.13 to be given, to be granted, to be offered, to be handed in.Se nos dio una buena casa We were given a good house.14 to give forth, to burst out.Ella dio un grito She gave forth a cry.15 to make one feel.Eso da asco That makes one feel revolt.16 to hit.Da duro el sol en este lugar The sun hits hard in this place17 to give up.* * *Present Indicativedoy, das, da, damos, dais, dan.Past IndicativePresent Subjunctivedé, des, dé, demos, deis, den.Imperfect SubjunctiveFuture SubjunctiveImperativeda (tú), dé (él/Vd.), demos (nos.), dad (vos.), den (ellos/Vds.).* * *verb1) to give2) hit, strike3) hand over, deliver4) produce, yield5) be enough•- dar a- dar con
- dar contra
- dar por
- darse a
- darse de sí
- dárselas de* * *Para las expresiones dar importancia, dar ejemplo, dar las gracias, dar clases, dar a conocer, dar a entender, darse prisa, ver la otra entrada.1. VERBO TRANSITIVO1) (=entregar, conceder) [+ objeto, mensaje, permiso] to give; [+ naipes] to deal (out); [+ noticias] to give, tellle dieron el primer premio — he was awarded {o} given first prize
déme dos kilos — I'll have two kilos, two kilos, please
•
ir dando [cuerda] — to pay out rope•
dar los buenos [días] a algn — to say good morning to sb, say hello to sb2) (=realizar) [+ paliza] to give; [+ paso] to takedar un grito — to let out a cry, give a cry
dar un paseo — to go for a walk, take a walk
dar un suspiro — to heave {o} give a sigh, sigh
3) (=celebrar) [+ fiesta] to have, throw4) (=encender) [+ luz] to turn on¿has dado el gas? — have you turned on the gas?
5) (=presentar) [+ obra de teatro] to perform, put on; [+ película] to show, screendan una película de Almodóvar — there's an Almodóvar film on, they're showing {o} screening an Almodóvar film
¿qué dan hoy en la tele? — what's on TV tonight?
6) (=hacer sonar) [reloj] to strikeya han dado las ocho — it's past {o} gone eight o'clock
7) (=producir) [+ fruto] to bear; [+ ganancias, intereses] to yielduna inversión que da un 7% de interés — an investment that pays {o} yields 7% interest
8) (=tener como resultado)9) (=hacer sentir) [+ placer] to givelas babosas me dan asco — I find slugs disgusting {o} revolting
este jersey me da demasiado calor — this jumper is too hot, I'm too hot in this jumper
tu padre me da miedo — I'm scared {o} frightened of your father
10) * (=fastidiar) to ruin¡me estás dando las vacaciones! — you're ruining the holiday for me!
11) dar por (=considerar) to considerdoy el asunto por concluido — I consider the matter settled, I regard the matter as settled
lo daba por seguro — he was sure {o} certain of it
12)- ¡y dale!- estar/seguir dale que dale o dale que te pego o dale y dale- a mí no me la das- ¡ahí te las den todas!para dar y tomar —
tenemos botellas para dar y tomar — we've got loads {o} stacks of bottles
2. VERBO INTRANSITIVO1) (=entregar) to givedame, yo te lo arreglo — give it here, I'll fix it for you
2) (=entrar)si te da un mareo siéntate — if you feel giddy, sit down
3) (=importar)¡qué más da!, ¡da igual! — it doesn't matter!, never mind!
¿qué más te da? — what does it matter to you?
¿qué más da un sitio que otro? — surely one place is as good as another!, it doesn't make any difference which place we choose
lo mismo da — it makes no difference {o} odds
me da igual, lo mismo me da, tanto me da — it's all the same to me, I don't mind
4) [seguido de preposición]dar a (=estar orientado) [cuarto, ventana] to look out onto, overlook; [fachada] to facedarle a (=hacer funcionar) [+ botón] to press; (=golpear) to hit; [+ balón] to kickmi habitación da al jardín — my room looks out onto {o} overlooks the garden
dale a la tecla roja — hit {o} press the red key
darle a la bomba — to pump, work the pump
dar con (=encontrar) [+ persona] to find; [+ idea, solución] to hit on, come up with¡dale! — hit him!
al final di con la solución — I finally hit on the solution, I finally came up with the solution
dar contra (=golpear) to hit dar de•
dar [consigo] en — to end up in•
dar de [beber] a algn — to give sb something to drink•
dar de [comer] a algn — to feed sbdar en [+ blanco, suelo] to hit; [+ solución] to hit on, come up with•
dar de [sí] — [comida, bebida] to go a long waydarle a algn por hacer algo•
dar en [hacer] algo — to take to doing sthdar para (=ser suficiente) to be enough forla casa que a alguien le dio por llamar Miramar — the house that someone had the bright idea of calling Miramar
una película que da en qué pensar — a thought-provoking film, a film which gives you a lot to think about
3.See:* * *1.verbo transitivo1) ( entregar) to give500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b
2) (regalar, donar) to give¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it
tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare
3) <cartas/mano> to deal4)a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to giveb) (Mús) to give¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?
5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give6)a) ( aplicar) to giveb) <sedante/masaje> to give7)a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to givenos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize
b) (RPl) ( calcular)¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?
8)a) (expresar, decir)¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?
dales saludos — give/send them my regards
me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion
b) (señalar, indicar)me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged
9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bearesos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%
10)a) ( rendir)ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations
b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?
da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour
11) (causar, provocar)estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?
este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc
dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)
¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)
¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?
13)a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to holdb) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to makedar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh
dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward
dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
15) ( considerar)2.dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent
dar vi1)a) ( entregar)no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you
¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?
b) ( en naipes) to deal2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down
3) dar ab) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to facela terraza da al mar — the balcony overlooks o faces the sea
c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to4) ( arrojar un resultado)el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative
¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?
5) ( importar)da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day
¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me
¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)
6)a) (pegar, golpear)darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody
le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick
b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)
c) ( acertar) to hitdar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye
7) (accionar, mover)darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)
8)a) (fam) ( indicando insistencia)dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)
dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!
b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come ondale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me
9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc
11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing
le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...
12) sol/viento/luz3.1) darse v pron2) ( producirse) to grow3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?
5)a) (dedicarse, entregarse)darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause
b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)6)a) (refl) ( realizar la acción que se indica)me di una ducha — I took o had a shower
dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?
b) (golpearse, pegarse)no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling
c) (recípr)se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other
7) ( considerarse)darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
* * *= allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.Ex. Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.Ex. An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.Ex. Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.Ex. Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.Ex. Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.Ex. She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.Ex. This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.Ex. Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.Ex. Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.----* acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.* antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.* da la casualidad = as it happens.* dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.* dando sacudidas = jerkily.* dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.* dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.* dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.* dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.* dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.* dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.* dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.* dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.* dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.* dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.* dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.* dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.* dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.* dar abasto = cope.* dar abasto con = cope with.* dar acceso = provide + access.* dar acceso a = give + access to.* dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.* dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.* dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.* dar agua = lose + water, leak.* dar a la calle = give onto + the street.* dar a la caza de = chase down.* dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.* dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.* dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.* dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.* dar a luz = birth, deliver.* dar a luz a = give + birth to.* dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.* dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.* dar asco = stink, disgust.* dar aullidos = caterwaul.* dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.* dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.* dar bandazos = lurch.* dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.* dar brillo a = buff, buff up.* dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.* dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.* dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.* dar caladas = puff.* dar calidad = deliver + value.* dar caprichos = pamper.* dar cera = wax.* dar chillidos = shriek.* dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.* dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.* dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.* dar como norma = rule.* dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.* dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.* dar conferencia = lecture.* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.* dar consentimiento = give + licence.* dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.* dar con una solución = come up with + solution.* dar coraje = peeve.* dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.* dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.* dar crédito = give + credence.* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.* dar cuenta = render + an account of.* dar cuenta de = account for.* dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.* dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.* dar cuerpo = give + substance.* dar cuerpo a = flesh out.* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.* dar datos de = give + details of.* dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.* dar de cara a = front.* dar de comer = feed.* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.* dar de lleno = hit + home.* dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.* dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].* dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].* dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.* dar de quilla = keel over.* dar derecho a = entitle to.* dar descanso de = give + relief from.* dar de sí = stretch out.* dar detalles de = give + details of.* dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.* dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.* dar dirección = lend + direction.* dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.* dar duro = pack + a wallop.* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.* dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.* dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.* dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.* dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.* dar el esquinazo = dodge.* dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.* dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.* dar el nombre = label.* dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.* dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].* dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.* dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.* dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.* dar el salto = make + the leap.* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.* dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.* dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.* dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.* dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.* dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.* dar empujones = shove.* dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.* dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.* dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.* dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.* dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].* dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.* dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.* dar en garantía = pawn.* dar en la diana = hit + home.* dar en mano = hand (over).* dar entrada = enter.* dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.* dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.* dar estímulo = provide + boost.* dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.* dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.* dar fe = attest, certify.* dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.* dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.* dar forma cuadrada = square.* dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.* dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.* dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.* dar golpes = pound.* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.* dar gritos = shriek, shout.* dar guerra = act up, play up.* dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.* dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].* dar hipo = hiccup.* dar ideas = offer + clues.* da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.* dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.* dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.* dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.* dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.* dar indicios de = show + signs of.* dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.* dar información adicional = give + further details.* dar información de = give + details of.* dar interés = spice up, add + spice.* dar la alarma = sound + alarm.* dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.* dar la bienvenida = welcome.* dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.* dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.* dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.* dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.* dar la espalda = turn + aside.* dar la idea = give + the impression that.* dar la imagen = give + the impression that.* dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.* dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.* dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.* dar la la lata = nag (at).* dar la lata = play up.* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.* dar la murga = be a pest.* dar la noticia = give + the news.* dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.* dar la oportunidad = give + chance.* dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.* dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.* dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].* dar la sensación = give + a sense.* dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.* dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.* dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.* dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.* dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.* dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.* dar latigazos = lash.* dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.* dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.* dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.* dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.* darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.* darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.* darle a la botella = booze.* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.* darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.* darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.* darle al palique = gas.* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.* darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.* darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.* dar lecciones = give + lessons.* darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.* darle el puntillazo = nail it.* darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.* darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).* darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.* darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.* darle una lección a Alguien = school.* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.* darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.* darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.* darle un repaso a Alguien = school.* darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.* darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.* darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.* dar libertad = give + licence.* dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.* dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.* dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.* dar lugar = produce.* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.* dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.* dar mala impresión = look + bad.* dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].* dar masaje = massage.* dar más de sí = go further.* dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.* dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.* dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.* dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).* dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.* dar muestras de = show + signs of.* dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.* dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].* dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.* dar opción = give + option.* dar origen = mother.* dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.* dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.* dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.* dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).* dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.* dar parte de = report.* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).* dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.* dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.* dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].* dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.* dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.* dar pisotones = stomp.* dar pistas = throw + hints.* dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.* dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.* dar poderes = give + powers.* dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.* dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.* dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.* dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.* dar por hecho = take for + granted.* dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.* dar por saldado = close + the book on.* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.* dar por sentado = take for + granted.* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.* dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.* dar preferencia = give + preference.* dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.* dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.* dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].* dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.* dar problemas = play up.* dar propina = tipping.* dar pruebas = provide + evidence.* dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.* dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.* dar punzadas = throb, twinge.* dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.* dar quehacer = make + trouble.* dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.* dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.* dar recompensa = mete out + reward.* dar registro = accession.* dar relevancia = give + relevance.* dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.* dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.* dar resoplidos = chug.* dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.* dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.* dar resultados = produce + results.* dar rienda suelta = unleash.* dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.* dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.* dar riqueza a = add + richness to.* dar risitas = giggle.* dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.* dar salida a = vent.* dar saltitos = hop, skip.* dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.* darse = appear, occur.* darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.* darse aires = strut.* darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.* darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.* darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.* darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.* darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.* darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.* darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.* darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.* darse el gusto de = indulge in.* darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.* darse el lote = snog, neck.* darse el lujo de = splurge on.* darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.* darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.* dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.* dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.* dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.* dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.* dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.* dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.* dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.* dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.* dar señales de = show + signs of.* dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.* darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.* darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.* darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.* darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.* darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.* darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.* dar servicio = service.* darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).* darse una leche = come + a cropper.* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.* darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.* darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.* darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.* darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).* darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.* darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.* darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.* darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.* darse un festín de = feast on.* darse un garbeo = mosey.* darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.* darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.* darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.* dar significado = imbue with + meaning.* dar sombra = shade.* dar su conformidad a = assent to.* dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.* dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.* dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.* dar título = title.* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.* dar tono = tone.* dar trabajo = present + burden.* dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.* dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.* dar una azotaina = spank.* dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.* dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.* dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.* dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.* dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.* dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.* dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.* dar una cornada = gore.* dar una excusa = give + excuse.* dar una explicación = present + explanation.* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.* dar una fiesta = give + a party.* dar una galleta = slap.* dar una guantada = slap.* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.* dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.* dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.* dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.* dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.* dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.* dar una lección de humildad = humble.* dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.* dar una norma = give + prescription.* dar una opinión = offer + opinion.* dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.* dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.* dar una patada = kick, boot.* dar una pista = give + a hint.* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.* dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.* dar una razón = give + reason.* dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.* dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.* dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.* dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.* dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.* dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.* dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.* dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.* dar una torta = slap.* dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.* dar una tunda = trounce.* dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.* dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.* dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.* dar una visión general = give + a general picture.* dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.* dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.* dar un aviso = make + warning.* dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.* dar una voz = holler.* dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.* dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.* dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.* dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.* dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.* dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.* dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.* dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.* dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.* dar un calambre = cramp.* dar un chillido = holler.* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.* dar un coscorrón = cuff.* dar un ejemplo = give + example.* dar un empujón = give + a boost.* dar un golpe = knock.* dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.* dar un grito = holler.* dar un guantazo = slap.* dar un hachazo = hack.* dar un hervor = parboil.* dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].* dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.* dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.* dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.* dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.* dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.* dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.* dar un nuevo nombre = rename.* dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.* dar unos azotes = spank.* dar un paseo = take + a stroll.* * *1.verbo transitivo1) ( entregar) to give500 dólares ¿quién da más? — any advance on 500 dollars?; conocer verbo transitivo 3b, entender verbo transitivo 2b
2) (regalar, donar) to give¿me lo prestas? - te lo doy, no lo necesito — can I borrow it? - you can keep it, I don't need it
tener para dar y vender — to have plenty to spare
3) <cartas/mano> to deal4)a) ( proporcionar) <fuerzas/valor/esperanza> to giveb) (Mús) to give¿me das el la? — can you give me an A?
5) (conferir, aportar) <sabor/color/forma> to give6)a) ( aplicar) to giveb) <sedante/masaje> to give7)a) ( conceder) <prórroga/permiso> to givenos dieron un premio — we won o got a prize
b) (RPl) ( calcular)¿qué edad le das? — how old do you think he is?
8)a) (expresar, decir)¿le diste las gracias? — did you thank him?, did you say thank you?
dales saludos — give/send them my regards
me dio su parecer or opinión — she gave me her opinion
b) (señalar, indicar)me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando — the line's busy o (BrE) engaged
9) ( producir) <fruto/flor> to bearesos bonos dan un 7% — those bonds yield 7%
10)a) ( rendir)ha dado todo lo que esperaba de él — he has lived up to my/his expectations
b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta)¿cuánto da ese coche? — how fast can that car go?
da 150 kilómetros por hora — it can do o go 150 kilometers an hour
11) (causar, provocar)estos niños dan tanto trabajo! — these kids are such hard work!; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿no te da calor esa camisa? — aren't you too warm in that shirt?
este coche no me ha dado problemas — this car hasn't given me any trouble; ver tb asco, hambre, miedo, etc
dar que + inf: el jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the garden; lo que dijo me dio que pensar — what he said gave me plenty to think about; ver tb dar III 1)
¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? — what's on TV tonight? (colloq)
¿dónde están dando esa película? — where's that film showing?
13)a) < fiesta> to give; <baile/banquete> to holdb) < conferencia> to give; < discurso> (AmL) to makedar un grito/un suspiro — to give a shout/heave a sigh
dar un paso atrás/adelante — to take a step back/forward
dame un beso/abrazo — give me a kiss/hug; ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
15) ( considerar)2.dar algo/a alguien por algo: lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for dead; doy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closed; ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic; puedes dar por perdido el dinero you can say goodbye to that money; dalo por hecho! consider it done!; si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado — if I pass it will have been time well spent
dar vi1)a) ( entregar)no puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo — you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you
¿me das para un helado? — can I have some money for an ice cream?
b) ( en naipes) to deal2) (ser suficiente, alcanzar)dar para algo/alguien: este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken will do for two meals; con una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go round; (+ me/te/le etc) eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with that; no me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have time; dar de sí to stretch; qué poco dan de sí mil pesetas! a thousand pesetas doesn't go very far!; no dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope with; lo que gano no da para más what I earn doesn't go any further; la fiesta no daba para más — the party was beginning to wind down
3) dar ab) fachada/frente ( estar orientado hacia) to facela terraza da al mar — the balcony overlooks o faces the sea
c) ( llegar hasta) río to flow into, go into; calle to lead to4) ( arrojar un resultado)el análisis le dio positivo/negativo — her test was positive/negative
¿cuánto da la cuenta? — what does it come to?
5) ( importar)da lo mismo, ya iremos otro día — it doesn't matter, we'll go another day
¿qué más da un color que otro? — what difference does it make what color it is?; (+ me/te/le etc)
¿el jueves o el viernes? - me da igual — Thursday or Friday? - I don't mind o it doesn't make any difference to me
¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? — what's it to you if he comes? (colloq)
6)a) (pegar, golpear)darle a alguien — to hit somebody; ( como castigo) to smack somebody
le dio en la cabeza/con un palo — he hit him on the head/with a stick
b) (fam) (a tarea, asignatura)darle a algo: me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on my English; cómo le da al vino! he really knocks back o (AmE) down the wine (colloq); cómo le han dado al queso! ya casi no queda! — they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! (colloq)
c) ( acertar) to hitdar en el blanco/el centro — to hit the target/the bull's-eye
7) (accionar, mover)darle a algo — a botón/tecla to press something; a interruptor to flick something; a manivela to turn something; (+ compl)
8)a) (fam) ( indicando insistencia)dale que dale or (Esp) dale que te pego! — (fam)
dale que dale con lo mismo! — stop going on about it!
b) (RPl fam) ( instando a hacer algo) come ondale, prestámelo — come on o go on, lend it to me
9) dar con ( encontrar) < persona> to find; < solución> to hit upon, find; < palabra> to come up with10) (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc)me va a dar algo — (fam) I'm going to have a fit (colloq); ver tb dar verbo transitivo II 3, escalofrío, frío, gana, etc
11) (hablando de manías, ocurrencias)darle a alguien por + inf — to take to -ing
le ha dado por decir que... — he's started saying that...
12) sol/viento/luz3.1) darse v pron2) ( producirse) to grow3) ( presentarse) oportunidad/ocasión to arise4) ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc)¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? — are you any good at sewing?
5)a) (dedicarse, entregarse)darse a algo: se dio a la bebida she took to drink; se ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa — she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the cause
b) (CS, Ven) ( ser sociable)6)a) (refl) ( realizar la acción que se indica)me di una ducha — I took o had a shower
dárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lot; dárselas de listo to act smart; ¿y de qué se las da ése? — who does he think he is?
b) (golpearse, pegarse)no te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo — don't hit o bang your head on the ceiling
c) (recípr)se estaban dando (de) patadas/puñetazos — they were kicking/punching each other
7) ( considerarse)darse por algo: con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with that; darse por vencido — to give up; ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
* * *= allow, give, issue, pitch, hand over, pass over, give away, give out, get + free.Ex: Folders allow a set of papers to be kept together when a set on a given topic is removed from the file.
Ex: An abstract of a bibliography can be expected to note whether author affiliations are given = Es de esperar que el resumen de una bibliografía indique si se incluyen los lugares de trabajo de los autores.Ex: Once a user is registered, a password will be issued which provides access to all or most of the data bases offered by the host as and when the user wishes.Ex: Thus pitching instructions at the right level can be difficult.Ex: Eventually, teachers should be able to ' hand the chalk over to the students' and take a back seat.Ex: She also indicated in passing that in future authors would not automatically pass over the copyright of research results in papers to publishers.Ex: This must be done in a fully commercial way, not by giving away machines or paper, nor by giving away imported books.Ex: Similarly, equipment such as this can often give out quite a lot of heat which has to be adequately dissipated.Ex: Most people know 'earbuds' as the cheap-o earphones you get free with a cell phone.* acción de dar un nombre a Algo = naming.* antes de darse cuenta = before + Pronombre + know what + happen, before + Pronombre + know it.* con la sabiduría que da la experiencia = with the benefit of hindsight.* cosas que dan miedo = things that go bump in the night.* da la casualidad = as it happens.* dale alas a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.* dando sacudidas = jerkily.* dar el esquinazo a = give + Nombre + a wide berth.* dar a = look onto, give onto, overlook.* dar a Algo el nombre de = earn + Nombre + the name of.* dar a Algo más importancia de la que tiene = oversell.* dar a Algo una nueva dimensión = take + Nombre + into a new dimension.* dar a Algo una nueva perspectiva = give + Nombre + a new twist.* dar a Alguien el beneficio de la duda = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.* dar a Alguien una mano y te cogen el brazo = give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile, give + Pronombre + an inch and + Pronombre + take a mile.* dar a Alguien una oportunidad de triunfar = give + Nombre + a fighting chance.* dar a Alguien una palmada en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.* dar a Alguien una palmadita en la espalda = pat + Alguien + on the back for + Algo.* dar a Alguien una puñalada por la espalda = stab + Alguien + in the back.* dar a Alguien una puñalada trapera = stab + Alguien + in the back.* dar a Alguien un margen de confianza = give + Nombre + the benefit of the doubt.* dar abasto = cope.* dar abasto con = cope with.* dar acceso = provide + access.* dar acceso a = give + access to.* dar a conocer = bring to + the attention, communicate, publicise [publicize, -USA], report, articulate, make + known.* dar a conocer la presencia de = make + Posesivo + presence known.* dar a entender = give to + understand, hint, send + a clear signal that, lull + Nombre + into thinking, insinuate, intimate.* dar agua = lose + water, leak.* dar a la calle = give onto + the street.* dar a la caza de = chase down.* dar Algo a conocer = get + the word out.* dar alguna esperanza = give + some cause for hope.* dar al traste con los planes = upset + the applecart.* dar al traste con + Posesivo + planes = upset + Posesivo + plans, ruin + Posesivo + plans.* dar al traste con todo = upset + the applecart.* dar a luz = birth, deliver.* dar a luz a = give + birth to.* dar ánimos = give + a word of encouragement, hearten.* dar apoyo = give + support, support, provide + support.* dar asco = stink, disgust.* dar aullidos = caterwaul.* dar autoría = lend + authoritativeness.* dar autoridad a Algo = lend + authority to.* dar bandazos = lurch.* dar bastante importancia a = place + great store on.* dar brillo a = buff, buff up.* dar buen uso a Algo = put to + good use.* dar cabida a = accommodate, include, hold, take, make + room (for), leave + room for, leave + room for.* dar cabida al crecimiento = accommodate + growth.* dar caladas = puff.* dar calidad = deliver + value.* dar caprichos = pamper.* dar cera = wax.* dar chillidos = shriek.* dar cien mil vueltas = beat + Nombre + hands down, win + hands down.* dar clase = give + a lesson, teach + class, teach + lesson, hold + class.* dar coba = toady, fawn (on/upon/over).* dar comienzo a = give + a start to.* dar como ejemplo = cite + as an example.* dar como norma = rule.* dar como resultado = add up to, result (in), lead to.* dar con = hit on/upon, put + Posesivo + finger on, stumble on.* dar conferencia = lecture.* dar consejo sobre = give + advice on.* dar consentimiento = give + licence.* dar con una esponja húmeda = sponging.* dar con una idea = hit on/upon + idea.* dar con una solución = come up with + solution.* dar coraje = peeve.* dar corte = self-conscious, feel + shy.* dar credibilidad = give + credence, lend + credence, bestow + credibility, provide + credibility.* dar crédito = give + credence.* dar cualquier cosa por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.* dar cuenta = render + an account of.* dar cuenta de = account for.* dar cuenta de Algo = be held to account.* dar cuerda a un reloj = wind + clock.* dar cuerpo = give + substance.* dar cuerpo a = flesh out.* dar cuerpo y forma a = lend + substance and form to.* dar datos de = give + details of.* dar de alta = discharge from + hospital.* dar de baja = take out of + circulation.* dar de cara a = front.* dar de comer = feed.* dar de lado = short-circuit [shortcircuit], give + Nombre + the cold shoulder.* dar de lleno = hit + home.* dar de mala gana = begrudge, grudge.* dar de mamar = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].* dar de mamar a = breast-feed [breastfeed].* dar demasiada información y muy rápidamente = trot out.* dar de qué hablar = raise + eyebrows, fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.* dar de quilla = keel over.* dar derecho a = entitle to.* dar descanso de = give + relief from.* dar de sí = stretch out.* dar detalles de = give + details of.* dar de Uno mismo = give of + Reflexivo.* dar dinero = pay + money, donate + Posesivo + money.* dar dirección = lend + direction.* dar directrices = give + guidance, provide + guidance.* dar duro = pack + a wallop.* dar ejemplo = set + an example, lead by + example.* dar ejemplo de = illustrate.* dar el brazo a torcer = give in to.* dar el brazo derecho = give + Posesivo + right arm.* dar el do de pecho = do + Posesivo + best, pull out + all the stops, do + Posesivo + utmost.* dar el efecto de = give + the effect of.* dar el esquinazo = dodge.* dar el esquinazo a = steer + clear of, steer away from.* dar el golpe de gracia = administer + the coup de grace, deliver + the coup de grace.* dar el nombre = label.* dar el oro y el moro = give + Posesivo + right arm.* dar el pecho = breast-feed [breastfeed].* dar el pésame = pass + Posesivo + condolences.* dar el pistoletazo de salida = fire + the starting gun.* dar el primer paso = make + a start, take + the first step.* dar el puntillazo a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.* dar el salto = make + the leap.* dar el todo por el todo = give + Posesivo + all.* dar el último empujón = go + the last mile, go + the extra mile.* dar el último repaso = tie + the pieces together.* dar el visto bueno = approve, clear, give + green light, give + the go-ahead.* dar el visto bueno a una factura = clear + invoice.* dar el/un espectáculo = make + a spectacle of + Reflexivo.* dar empujones = shove.* dar en el blanco = hit + the bull's eye, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth, hit + home.* dar en el clavo = hit + the nail on the head, be spot on, strike + home, put + Posesivo + finger on, hit + the truth.* dar en el larguero = hit + the crossbar, hit + the crossbar.* dar en el travesaño = hit + the crossbar.* dar energía = energise [energize, -USA].* dar énfasis = give + emphasis, place + stress, give + stress.* dar énfasis a = place + emphasis on.* dar en garantía = pawn.* dar en la diana = hit + home.* dar en mano = hand (over).* dar entrada = enter.* dar esperanza = nurture + hope, give + hope, bring + visions of.* dar esperanzas = raise + expectations, raise + hopes.* dar estímulo = provide + boost.* dar evasivas = stonewall, play for + time.* dar evidencia = furnish with + evidence.* dar fe = attest, certify.* dar fe de = testify (to/of), vouch (for), be testimony to.* dar fe de que = attest to + the fact that.* dar fin = bring to + a close, draw to + a close, wind down.* dar forma = become + cast, give + shape, shape, mould [mold, -USA], inform.* dar forma cuadrada = square.* dar fruto = bear + fruit, come to + fruition.* dar fuerte = pack + a wallop.* dar fuerza = empower, bring + strength.* dar gato por liebre = buy + a pig in a poke, pass off + a lemon.* dar golpes = pound.* dar gracias por lo que Uno tiene = count + Posesivo + blessings.* dar gritos = shriek, shout.* dar guerra = act up, play up.* dar gustirrinín = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.* dar gusto = oblige, bring + pleasure, flavour [flavor, -USA].* dar hipo = hiccup.* dar ideas = offer + clues.* da rienda suelta a tu imaginación = let + your imagination fly!.* dar ímpetu = lend + force, give + impetus.* dar importancia = attach + importance, give + prominence, stress, give + pre-eminence, give + relevance, place + importance, give + importance.* dar importancia a = give + weight to, place + emphasis on, attach + weight to, create + a high profile for, give + a high profile, place + weight on.* dar importancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda, be on the agenda.* dar indicios de = show + signs of.* dar indicios y pistas = drop + hints and clues.* dar información = provide + information, give + information, release + information.* dar información adicional = give + further details.* dar información de = give + details of.* dar interés = spice up, add + spice.* dar la alarma = sound + alarm.* dar la apariencia de = place + a veneer of.* dar la bienvenida = welcome.* dar la casualidad que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.* dar la cuenta atrás = count + Nombre + out.* dar la enhorabuena = give + congratulations.* dar la entrada para = make + a deposit on.* dar la espalda = turn + aside.* dar la idea = give + the impression that.* dar la imagen = give + the impression that.* dar la impresión = convey + impression, strike + Pronombre Personal, give + the impression that, confer + impression, come off as.* dar la impresión de = contrive, conjure up + a picture of, come across as.* dar la impresión de seriedad en el trabajo = appear + businesslike.* dar la la lata = nag (at).* dar la lata = play up.* dar la mano = extend + Posesivo + hand.* dar la mano derecha = give + Posesivo + right arm.* dar la murga = be a pest.* dar la noticia = give + the news.* dar la opinión sobre = give + opinion on.* dar la oportunidad = give + chance.* dar la oportunidad de = present with + opportunities for, allow + the opportunity to.* dar la oportunidad de expresarse libremente = give + voice to.* dar la oportunidad de opinar = give + voice to.* dar la puntilla a = put + an end to, bring + an end to, bring to + an end.* dar largas = stonewall, play for + time, fob + Alguien + off with + Algo.* dar las cosas masticadas = spoon-feeding [spoonfeeding], spoon-feed [spoon feed/spoonfeed].* dar la sensación = give + a sense.* dar la sensación de = give + the effect of.* dar la señal = give + the word, give + the signal.* dar la señal de alarma = sound + the clarion.* dar la señal de alerta = sound + the clarion.* dar la señal de estar listo = prompt.* dar lástima = feel + sorry for, pity.* dar la talla = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, measure up (to), be up to snuff, make + the cut.* dar latigazos = lash.* dar la vida = lay down + Posesivo + life, give + Posesivo + life.* dar la vuelta = turn + Nombre + (a)round, flip, swing around, swing back, turn (a)round.* dar la vuelta a = round, turn on + its head.* dar la vuelta en el aire = give + a toss.* darle a Alguien carta blanca = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.* darle a Alguien un cheque en blanco = give + Nombre + a blank cheque.* darle a la botella = booze.* darle a la lengua = shoot + the breeze, shoot + the bull.* darle a la manivela de arranque = turn + the crank.* darle alas a Alguien = let + Nombre + do things + Posesivo + (own) way.* darle al palique = gas.* darle a Uno escalofríos por Algo desagradable = make + Nombre + flinch.* darle caña = hurry up, get + a move on, put + pressure on.* darle caña a = have + a go at, get + stuck into.* dar lecciones = give + lessons.* darle cien mil vueltas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.* darle el puntillazo = nail it.* darle la razón a Alguien = side in + Posesivo + favour.* darle largas = play + Nombre + along.* darle largas a Algo = drag + Posesivo + feet, drag + Posesivo + heels.* darle la vuelta a la tortilla = turn + the tables (on).* darle sopas con hondas a Alguien = knock + spots off + Nombre.* darle una interpretación = give + interpretation.* darle una lección a Alguien = school.* darle una paliza a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners, give + Nombre + a beating, school.* darle un buen repaso a Alguien = take + Nombre + to the cleaners.* darle un repaso a = buff up on, brush up on.* darle un repaso a Alguien = school.* darle vueltas a = dwell on/upon.* darle vueltas a Algo = mull over, agonise over [agonize, -USA].* darle vueltas a la idea = toy with, toy with + idea of.* darle vueltas a la idea de = flirt with + the idea of.* darle vueltas a un asunto = chew + the cud.* darle vueltas a un problema = puzzle over + problem.* dar libertad = give + licence.* dar libertad a un esclavo = manumit.* dar libertad para + Infinitivo = afford + the freedom to + Infinitivo.* dar lo mejor de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.* dar los pasos necesarios = take + steps.* dar los primeros pasos en = venture into.* dar los últimos retoques a = put + the finishing touches on.* dar lugar = produce.* dar lugar a = cause, generate, give + rise to, mean, result (in), leave + room for, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.* dar lugar a la reflexión = provide + food for thought.* dar lugar a problemas = give + rise to problems.* dar lugar a queja = evoke + complaint.* dar lugar a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.* dar luz verde = give + green light, give + the go-ahead.* dar mala impresión = look + bad.* dar marcha atrás = do + an about-face, back up, backpedal [back-pedal].* dar masaje = massage.* dar más de sí = go further.* dar más explicaciones = elaborate on.* dar materia para la reflexión = provide + food for thought.* dar mayor importancia a = give + pride of place to.* dar media vuelta = do + an about-face.* dar mejora (en) = give + improvement (in).* dar menos de lo debido = shortchange.* dar mucha importancia = put + a premium on.* dar mucho en qué pensar = give + Nombre + much to think about, give + Nombre + a lot to think about.* dar mucho valor a Algo = value + Nombre + highly.* dar muestras de = show + signs of.* dar + Nombre + una oportunidad = give + Nombre + a fair chance.* dar notoriedad a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.* dar nueva forma = reformat [re-format].* dar nueva vida = give + Nombre + new life, give + a second life.* dar opción = give + option.* dar origen = mother.* dar origen a = give + rise to, bring about, lead to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.* dar otro paso muy importante = reach + another milestone.* dar pábulo a = fuel, spark off.* dar pábulo a rumores = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours.* dar palos de ciego = grope (for/toward).* dar pánico = scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, dread, scare + the hell out of.* dar parte de = report.* dar paso (a) = give + way (to), yield to, make + way (for).* dar patadas en el estómago = stick in + Posesivo + craw.* dar pavor = be scared stiff, be frightened to death, be petrified of, be terrified, scare + the living daylights out of, frighten + the living daylights out of, scare + the hell out of.* dar pecho = breast-feeding [breastfeeding].* dar pereza = can't/couldn't be bothered.* dar permiso = give + permission, give + time off, grant + Alguien + leave.* dar permiso en el trabajo = give + time off work.* dar pie a = spark off, give + rise to, bring about, lead to, cause, open + the door to, give + cause to, give + occasion to.* dar pisotones = stomp.* dar pistas = throw + hints.* dar pistas falsas = throw out + false leads.* dar placer = give + pleasure, give + enjoyment.* dar poderes = give + powers.* dar por = tickle + Posesivo + fancy.* dar por concluido = put to + bed, close + the book on.* dar por culo = piss + Nombre + off.* dar por descontado = take for + granted, discount.* dar por hecho = take for + granted.* dar por perdido = be past praying for, write off.* dar por saldado = close + the book on.* dar por seguro que = rest + assured that.* dar por sentado = take for + granted.* dar por sentado Algo que realmente no lo está = beg + the question.* dar + Posesivo + vida = give + Posesivo + all.* dar preferencia = give + preference.* dar prestigio = lend + authoritativeness.* dar prioridad = award + priority, emphasise [emphasize, -USA], give + priority, give + precedence, assign + priority, give + preference.* dar prioridad a = give + pride of place to, place + emphasis on, prioritise [prioritize, -USA].* dar prioridad a algo = make + a priority.* dar problemas = play up.* dar propina = tipping.* dar pruebas = provide + evidence.* dar publicidad = publicise [publicize, -USA], give + publicity.* dar puntapiés = kick + Posesivo + feet.* dar punzadas = throb, twinge.* dar quebraderos de cabeza = give + headaches.* dar que hablar = fuel + rumours, give + rise to rumours, raise + eyebrows.* dar quehacer = make + trouble.* dar rabia = incense, gall, peeve.* dar razón de ser = bring + purpose.* dar recompensa = mete out + reward.* dar registro = accession.* dar relevancia = give + relevance.* dar relevancia a = create + a high profile for, give + a high profile.* dar relevancia a Algo = put + Algo + on the agenda.* dar resoplidos = chug.* dar respuesta = provide + answer, elicit + answer, develop + answer.* dar resultado = be successful, give + result, work, pay off, be a success, pay.* dar resultados = produce + results.* dar rienda suelta = unleash.* dar rienda suelta a = give + free rein to, allow + vent for, give + vent to, vent.* dar rienda suelta a + Nombre = let + Nombre + run riot.* dar riqueza a = add + richness to.* dar risitas = giggle.* dar sabor = spice up, add + spice.* dar salida a = vent.* dar saltitos = hop, skip.* dar sangre = donate + Posesivo + blood.* darse = appear, occur.* darse a = lend + Reflexivo + to.* darse aires = strut.* darse aires de grandeza = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.* darse a la fuga = flee, lam (it), go into + hiding, make + a quick getaway, take to + Posesivo + heels, run off.* darse a los demás = give of + Reflexivo.* darse con un canto en los dientes = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.* darse cuenta = become + aware, dawn on, detect, perceive, find, note, make + aware, come to + realise, wise up, reach + understanding, eye + catch, strike + home, suss (out), hit + home.* darse cuenta de = be aware of, be cognisant of, realise [realize, -USA], sense, wake up to, sink in, become + cognisant of, see through.* darse cuenta del peligro que = see + the danger that.* darse cuenta de un problema = alight on + problem.* darse de baja de una suscripción = unsubscribe.* darse el caso que + Indicativo = happen to + Infinitivo, chance to + Infinitivo.* darse el gusto de = indulge in.* darse el gusto de comprar = splurge on.* darse el lote = snog, neck.* darse el lujo de = splurge on.* darse golpes de pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.* darse golpes en el pecho = beat + Posesivo + breast.* darse la mano = join + hands, shake + hand.* dárselas de = fancy + Reflexivo.* dársele Algo bien a Uno = be good at.* dársele a Uno bien las plantas = have + a green thumb, have + green fingers.* dársele a Uno mejor Algo = be better at.* dársele mejor a Uno = do + best.* darse media vuelta = turn on + Posesivo + heel.* darse (muchos) aires = give + Reflexivo + such airs, aggrandise + Reflexivo.* dar sentido = make + sense (out) of, make + sense of life.* dar sentido a = make + meaningful, give + meaning to.* dar sentido a las cosas = sense-making, meaning making.* dar sentido a la vida = give + meaning to life.* dar sentido a + Posesivo + vida = make + sense of + Posesivo + life.* dar señales de = show + signs of.* dar señales de vida = show + signs of life.* darse por afortunado = count + Reflexivo + lucky, think + Reflexivo + lucky, consider + Reflexivo + lucky.* darse por aludido = take + things personally, take + a hint, take + things personally, get + a hint.* darse por derrotado = sound + note of defeat.* darse por vencido = throw in + the towel, throw in/up + the sponge.* darse prisa = hurry, hurry up, get on + Posesivo + running shoes, shake + a leg, hot-foot it to, make + haste, rattle + Posesivo + dags, get + a wiggle on, put + Posesivo + skates on, get + Posesivo + skates on, get + a move on.* darse prisa con calma = make + haste slowly.* dar servicio = service.* darse una comilona = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).* darse una leche = come + a cropper.* darse un apretón de manos = clasp + hands.* darse una situación más esperanzadora = sound + a note of hope.* darse un atracón = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on), stuff + Posesivo + face.* darse una transacción económica = cash + change hands.* darse una tripotada = make + a pig of + Reflexivo, pig out (on).* darse una vacante = occur + vacancy.* darse un baño de sol = sunbathe.* darse un chapuzón = take + a dip.* darse un descanso = give + Reflexivo + a break, rest on + Posesivo + oars.* darse un festín de = feast on.* darse un garbeo = mosey.* darse un porrazo = come + a cropper.* darse un respiro = lie on + Posesivo + oars, rest on + Posesivo + oars.* darse un tortazo = come + a cropper.* dar significado = imbue with + meaning.* dar sombra = shade.* dar su conformidad a = assent to.* dar sugerencias = give + suggestions.* dar terror = scare + the living daylights out of.* dar testimonio = bear + witness, give + testimony.* dar tiempo = give + time, donate + Posesivo + time.* dar tiempo a Alguien = give + Nombre + some time.* dar título = title.* dar todo de Uno mismo = give of + Posesivo + best.* dar todo el oro del mundo = give + Posesivo + right arm.* dar tono = tone.* dar trabajo = present + burden.* dar una advertencia = raise + caveat, issue + warning.* dar una apariencia de = provide + a semblance of, give + a semblance of.* dar una azotaina = spank.* dar una bofetada = cuff, slap.* dar una bofetada a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.* dar una buena paliza = whitewash, thrash.* dar una cabezadita = nap, catching 10, napping.* dar una carcajada = give + a laugh, let out + a laugh.* dar una charla = give + address, give + a talk, give + a presentation, give + speech.* dar una conferencia = deliver + talk, make + a speech, give + speech, deliver + lecture, give + a lecture.* dar una contractura muscular = pull + a muscle.* dar una cornada = gore.* dar una excusa = give + excuse.* dar una explicación = present + explanation.* dar una falsa impresión = keep up + facade, put on + an act.* dar una fiesta = give + a party.* dar una galleta = slap.* dar una guantada = slap.* dar una idea = give + idea, give + glimpse, provide + an understanding.* dar una idea de = give + a feel for, give + indication, provide + a glimpse of, give + a flavour of, be indicative of, provide + insight into, give + a picture, give + an insight into, give + an inkling of.* dar una idea general = put in + the picture, give + a general picture, paint + a broad picture.* dar una imagen = convey + image, present + picture, paint + a picture, present + an image, present + a picture.* dar una imagen de = give + an impression of.* dar una impresión = make + an impression, leave + an impression, present + an image.* dar una impresión de = give + an impression of.* dar una impresión equivocada = send + the wrong signals.* dar una lección de humildad = humble.* dar una llamada de atención = sound + a wake-up call.* dar una norma = give + prescription.* dar una opinión = offer + opinion.* dar una oportunidad = give + opportunity, provide + opportunity, grant + opportunity, present + an opportunity, create + opportunity.* dar una oportunidad a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.* dar una orden = issue + command, issue + instruction.* dar una paliza = clobber, pummel, slaughter, knock + the living daylights out of, knock + the hell out out of, whip, whitewash, thrash, wallop, lick, baste, take + a pounding, take + a beating, belt, trounce, beat + Nombre + (all) hollow.* dar una paliza a Alguien = beat + Nombre + up, beat + Nombre + black and blue.* dar una patada = kick, boot.* dar una pista = give + a hint.* dar una posibilidad = afford + opportunity.* dar un apretón de manos = shake + hand.* dar una rabieta = throw + a tantrum.* dar una razón = give + reason.* dar una respuesta = furnish + answer, frame + response.* dar una sacudida = give + a shake, give + a jerk.* dar una segunda oportunidad = give + a second chance.* dar una segunda vida = give + a second life.* dar una solución = provide + solution, develop + solution.* dar una solución por buena que realmente no lo es = beg + the solution.* dar un aspecto + Adjetivo = give + a + Adjetivo + look.* dar un ataque de nervios = have + an attack of hysterics.* dar una torta = slap.* dar una torta a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.* dar una tunda = trounce.* dar una ventaja = give + Nombre + an edge.* dar una ventaja a Alguien = give + Nombre + a head start.* dar una visión = present + view, provide + an understanding.* dar una visión general = give + a general picture.* dar una visión global = give + overview, present + an overview, present + an overall picture, give + an overall picture, overview.* dar una visión total = give + a complete picture.* dar un aviso = make + warning.* dar una voltereta = somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.* dar una voz = holler.* dar una vuelta de campana = capsize, somersault, do + a somersault, summersault.* dar una vuelta en coche = go out for + a drive.* dar un berrinche = throw + a tantrum.* dar un beso de despedida = kiss + Nombre + goodbye.* dar un bocado a = take + a bite out of.* dar un bofetón = cuff, slap.* dar un bofetón a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.* dar un cachete = spank, cuff, slap.* dar un cachete a Alguien = slap + Nombre + on the wrist.* dar un calambre = cramp.* dar un chillido = holler.* dar un comienzo a = give + a start to.* dar un coscorrón = cuff.* dar un ejemplo = give + example.* dar un empujón = give + a boost.* dar un golpe = knock.* dar un golpe por detrás = rear-end.* dar un gran paso adelante = reach + milestone.* dar un grito = holler.* dar un guantazo = slap.* dar un hachazo = hack.* dar un hervor = parboil.* dar un impulso = kick-start [kickstart].* dar un lavado de cara = spruce up.* dar un manotazo = swat at, cuff, slap.* dar un manotazo a Alguien = give + Nombre + a slap in the face.* dar un nivel de prioridad alto = put + Nombre + high on + Posesivo + list of priorities.* dar un nuevo acabado = refinish.* dar un nuevo impulso = pep up.* dar un nuevo nombre = rename.* dar un ojo de la cara por Algo = give + an eye-tooth for/to.* dar unos azotes = spank.* dar un paseo = take + a stroll, t* * *■ dar (verbo transitivo)A entregarB regalar, donarC en naipesD1 proporcionar2 MúsicaE conferir, aportarF1 aplicar capa de barniz etc2 dar: inyección etcG1 conceder prórroga etc2 atribuir3 pronosticando duración4 dar: edad, añosH1 expresar, decir2 señalar, indicarA producirB rendir, alcanzar hastaC causar, provocarD arruinar, fastidiarA presentarB ofrecer, celebrarC dar: conferenciaA realizar la acción indicadaB dar: limpiada etcSentido V considerar■ dar (verbo intransitivo)A1 entregar2 en naipesB ser suficiente, alcanzarC1 dar a: puerta etc2 llegar hasta3 estar orientado haciaD comunicarE arrojar un resultadoF importarA1 pegar, golpear2 darle a algo: tarea3 darle a algo: hacer uso de4 acertarB1 darle a algo: accionar2 moverC1 indicando insistencia2 instando a alguien a hacer algoD dar conA acometer, sobrevenirB1 darle a alguien por algo2 darle a alguien con algoC dar enD dar: sol, viento, luzE acabar■ darse (verbo pronominal)A producirseB ocurrirC resultarA dedicarse, entregarseB tratarse, ser sociableA realizar la acción indicadaB1 golpearse, pegarse2 darse (de) golpes3 darse (de) patadas etcSentido IV considerarsevtA (entregar) to givedale las llaves a Jaime give the keys to Jaime, give Jaime the keysse las di a Jaime I gave them to Jaimedale esto a tu madre de mi parte give this to your mother from medeme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?500 dólares ¿quién da más? any advance on 500 dollars?dar algo A + INF:da toda la ropa a planchar/lavar she sends all her clothes to be ironed/washed, she has all her ironing/washing done for herB (regalar, donar) to give¿me lo prestas? — te lo doy, yo no lo necesito can I borrow it? — you can have it o keep it, I don't need ita mí nunca nadie me dio nada nobody's ever given me anythingdaría cualquier cosa por que así fuera I'd give anything o ( colloq) I'd give my right arm for that to be the casedonde las dan las toman two can play at that gameestarlas dando ( Chi fam): entremos sin pagar, aquí las están dando let's just walk in without paying, they're asking for it ( colloq)con ese profesor las están dando they get away with murder with that teacher ( colloq)para dar y tomar or vender: coge los que quieras, tengo para dar y tomar or vender take as many as you want, I have plenty to spare o ( colloq) I've stacks of themC (en naipes) to deal¡me has dado unas cartas horribles! you've dealt o given me a terrible handD1 (proporcionar) ‹fuerzas/valor/esperanza› to givesus elogios me han dado ánimos his praise has given me encouragement o has encouraged meeso me dio la idea para el libro that's where I got the idea for the book, that's what gave me the idea for the bookme dio un buen consejo she gave me some useful advicemi familia no pudo darme una carrera my family weren't in a position to send me to o put me through university o to give me a university educationes capaz de robar si le dan la ocasión given the chance he's quite capable of stealingpide que te den un presupuesto/más información ask them to give you o supply you with an estimate/more information2 ( Música) to give¿me das el la? can you give me an A?E (conferir, aportar) ‹sabor/color/forma› to givelas luces le daban un ambiente festivo a la plaza the lights gave the square a very festive atmosphere, the lights lent a very festive atmosphere to the squareles dio forma redondeada a las puntas he rounded off the endsnecesita algo que le dé sentido a su vida he needs something that will give his life some meaningF1 (aplicar) ‹capa de barniz/mano de pintura› to givedale otra capa de barniz/otra mano de pintura give it another coat of varnish/painthay que darle cera al piso we have to wax the floordale una puntada para sujetarlo put a stitch in to hold it2 ‹inyección/lavativa/sedante› to give, administer ( frml); ‹masaje› to giveG1 (conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to givete doy hasta el jueves I'll give you until Thursday¿quién te ha dado permiso para entrar allí? who gave you permission to go in there?, who said you could go in there?si usted nos da permiso with your permission, if you will allow usel dentista me ha dado hora para el miércoles I have an appointment with the dentist on Wednesdaydan facilidades de pago they offer easy repayment facilities o termsnos dieron el tercer premio we won o got third prize, we were awarded third prizeal terminar el cursillo te dan un diploma when you finish the course you get a diploma2(atribuir): no le des demasiada importancia don't attach too much importance to ityo le doy otra interpretación a ese pasaje I see o interpret that passage in a different waytuvieron que darme la razón they had to admit I was right3 (pronosticando duración) to giveno le dan ni dos meses de vida they've given him less than two months to liveno le doy ni un mes a esa relación I don't think they'll last more than a month together4( RPl) ‹edad/años› ¿cuántos años or qué edad le das? how old do you think o reckon she is?yo no le daba más de 28 I didn't think he was more than 28H1(expresar, decir): ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?no me dio ni los buenos días she didn't even say hellodales recuerdos de mi parte give/send them my regardsdarle la bienvenida a algn to welcome sbtenemos que ir a darles el pésame we must go and offer our condolencesme gustaría que me dieras tu parecer or opinión I'd like you to give me your opinionle doy mi enhorabuena I'd like to congratulate you¿me da la hora, por favor? have you got the time, please?me tocó a mí darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to himte han dado una orden you've been given an order, that was an orderhan dado orden de desalojar el edificio they've ordered that the building be vacated2el reloj dio las cinco the clock struck fiveA(producir): estos campos dan mucho grano these fields have a high grain yieldesta estufa da mucho calor this heater gives out a lot of heatesta clase de negocio da mucho dinero there's a lot of money in this businessesos bonos dan un 7% those bonds give a yield of 7%los árboles han empezado a dar fruto the trees have begun to bear fruitno le pudo dar un hijo she was unable to bear o give him a childB(rendir, alcanzar hasta): ¿cuánto da ese coche? how fast can that car go?da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometers an hourha dado todo lo que el público esperaba de él he has lived up to the public's expectations of himel coche venía a todo lo que daba the car was traveling at full speedponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blastC(causar, provocar): la comida muy salada da sed salty food makes you thirsty¡estos críos dan tanto trabajo! these kids are such hard work!(+ me/te/le etc): ¿no te da calor esa camisa? aren't you too warm in that shirt?el vino le había dado sueño the wine had made him sleepyme da mucha pena verla tan triste I can't bear o it hurts me to see her so sad¡qué susto me has dado! you gave me such a fright!me da no sé qué que se tenga que quedar sola I feel a bit funny about leaving her on her owneste coche no me ha dado problemas this car hasn't given me any troubleel jardín da muchísimo que hacer there's always such a lot to do in the gardenlos niños dan que hacer children are a lot of worklo que dijo me dio que pensar what he said gave me plenty of food for thought o plenty to think aboutIsabelita nos dio la noche we had an awful night thanks to little IsabelA(presentar): ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? ( colloq)en el cine Avenida dan una película buenísima there's a really good movie on at the Avenida, they're showing a really good movie at the Avenidaayer fuimos al teatro, daban una obra de Calderón we went to the theater yesterday, it was a play by Calderónva a dar un concierto el mes que viene he's giving a concert next monthdeja de gritar así, estás dando un espectáculo stop shouting like that, you're making a spectacle of yourselfB (ofrecer, celebrar) ‹fiesta› to give; ‹baile/banquete› to holdC ‹conferencia› to giveA(realizar la acción indicada): dieron lectura al comunicado they read out the communiquéestuvo dando cabezadas durante toda la película he kept nodding off all through the filmdio un grito/un suspiro she shouted/sighed, she gave a shout/heaved a sighdio un paso atrás/adelante he took a step back/forward(+ me/te/le etc): dame un beso/abrazo give me a kiss/hugme dio un tirón del pelo he pulled my hairB‹limpiada/barrida/planchazo› con que le des una enjuagada alcanza just a quick rinse will dohay que darle una barrida al suelo de la cocina the kitchen floor needs a sweep o needs sweepingquiero darle otra leída a este capítulo ( AmL); I want to run o read through this chapter againSentido V (considerar) dar algo/a algn POR algo:lo dieron por muerto they gave him up for deaddoy por terminada la sesión I declare the session closedese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topicsi le has prestado dinero ya lo puedes dar por perdido if you've lent him money you can kiss it goodbye¿eso es lo que quieres? ¡dalo por hecho! is that what you want? consider it done! o ( AmE colloq) you got it!si apruebo daré el tiempo por bien empleado if I pass it will have been time well spent■ darviA1(entregar): dame, yo te lo coso let me have it o give it here, I'll sew it for youno puedes con todo, dame que te ayudo you'll never manage all that on your own, here, let me help you¿me das para un helado? can I have some money for an ice cream?2 (en naipes) to dealte toca dar a ti it's your deal, it's your turn to dealB (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar PARA algo/algn:este pollo da para dos comidas this chicken is enough o will do for two mealscon una botella no da para todos one bottle's not enough to go roundda para hablar horas y horas you could talk about it for hours(+ me/te/le etc): eso no te da ni para un chicle you can't even buy a piece of chewing gum with thatno le da la cabeza para la física he hasn't much of a head for physicsno me dio (el) tiempo I didn't have timedar de sí to stretchme quedan un poco ajustados, pero ya darán de sí they're a bit tight on me, but they'll stretch o give¡cuánto ha dado de sí esa botella de jerez! that bottle of sherry's gone a long way!¡qué poco dan de sí seis euros! six euros don't go very far!el pobre ya no da más de sí the poor guy's fit to dropno dar para más: su inteligencia no da para más that's as much as his brain can cope withyo me voy, esto ya no da para más I'm leaving, this is a waste of timeya no da para más or (CS) ya no da más de tanto trabajar he's worked himself into the groundestoy que no doy más I'm all in ( colloq), I'm shattered o dead beat ( colloq), I'm pooped ( AmE colloq)C dar a1 «puerta/habitación» (comunicar con) to give on tola puerta trasera da a un jardín/a la calle Palmar the back door opens o gives onto a garden/onto Palmar Streettodas las habitaciones dan a un patio all the rooms look onto o give onto a courtyard2 (llegar hasta) «río» to go o flow into; «camino/sendero» to lead tola calle va a dar directamente a la playa the street goes right down o leads straight to the beach3 «fachada/frente» (estar orientado hacia) to facela fachada principal da al sur the main facade faces southla terraza da al mar the balcony overlooks o faces the seaD( RPl) (comunicar) darle a algn CON algn: ¿me das con Teresa, por favor? can I speak to Teresa, please?en seguida le doy con el señor Seco I'll just put you through to Mr SecoE(arrojar un resultado): ¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?a mí me dio 247 ¿y a ti? I made it (to be) 247, how about you?el análisis le dio positivo/negativo her test was positive/negativeF(importar): ¿cuál prefieres? — da igual which do you prefer? — I don't mindda lo mismo, ya iremos otro día it doesn't matter, we'll go another day(+ me/te/le etc): ¿el jueves o el viernes? — a mí me da igual Thursday or Friday? — I don't mind o it doesn't matter o it doesn't make any difference to me o it's all the same to mela sopa se ha enfriado un poco — ¡qué más da! the soup's gone a bit cold — never mind o it doesn't matter¿qué más da un color que otro? surely one color is as good as another!, what difference does it make what color it is?(+ me/te/le etc): ¡qué más le da a él que otros tengan que hacer su trabajo! what does he care if others have to do his work?¿y a ti qué más te da si él viene? what difference does it make to you if he comes?, what's it to you if he comes? ( colloq)no quiere venir — tanto da she doesn't want to come — it makes no difference o so what?(+ me/te/le etc): ¿a qué hora quieren cenar? — tanto nos da what time do you want to have dinner? — it's all the same to us o wheneverA1 (pegar, golpear) (+ me/te/le etc):le dio en la cabeza it hit him on the headdale al balón con fuerza kick the ball hard¡te voy a dar yo a ti como no me obedezcas! you're going to get it from me if you don't do what I say ( colloq)le dio con la regla en los nudillos she rapped his knuckles with the rulercuando te agarren te van a dar de palos when they get you they're going to give you a good beating2 ( fam) (a una tarea, asignatura) darle A algo:me pasé todo el verano dándole al inglés I spent the whole summer working on o studying my English ( colloq)vas a tener que darle más fuerte si quieres aprobar you're going to have to push yourself harder o put more effort into it if you want to passquiero darle un poco más a esta traducción antes de irme I want to do a bit more work on this translation before I go3 ( fam) (hacer uso de) darle A algo:¡cómo le han dado al queso! ¡ya casi no queda! they've certainly been at the cheese, there's hardly any left! ( colloq)¡cómo les has dado a estos zapatos! you've really been hard on these shoes!, you've worn these shoes out quickly!4 (acertar) to hitdar en el blanco/el centro to hit the target/the bull's-eyeB1 (accionar) darle A algo:dale a esa palanca hacia arriba push that lever uple dio al interruptor she flicked the switchle di a la manivela I turned the handledale al pedal press the pedaltienes que darle a este botón/esta tecla you have to press this button/key2 (mover) (+ compl):dale al volante hacia la derecha turn the wheel to the rightdale para atrás ( Auto) back upC1 ( fam)(indicando insistencia): ¡y dale! ya te he dicho que no voy there you go again! I've told you I'm not going ( colloq)estuvo todo el día dale que dale con el clarinete he spent the whole day blowing away on his clarinet¡y dale con lo de la edad! ¿qué importa eso? stop going on about her age! what does it matter?¡dale que te pego! ( fam): he estado toda la mañana dale que te pego con esto I've been slaving away at this all morningyo quiero olvidarlo y él ¡dale que te pego con lo mismo! I want to forget about it and he keeps on and on about it o he keeps banging on about it2( RPl fam) (instando a algn a hacer algo): dale, metete, el agua está lindísima come on, get in, the water's lovelydale, prestámelo come on o go on, lend it to meD dar con (encontrar) to findpor mucho que buscaron no dieron con él although they searched high and low they couldn't find himcreo que ya he dado con la solución I think I've hit upon o found the solutioncuando uno no da con la palabra adecuada when you can't come up with o find the right wordA (acometer, sobrevenir) (+ me/te/le etc):le dio un mareo she felt dizzyle dio un infarto he had a heart attack¡me da una indignación cuando hace esas cosas …! I feel so angry when he does those things!B (hablando de ocurrencias, manías)1 darle a algn POR algo:le ha dado por decir que ya no lo quiero he's started saying that I don't love him any morele ha dado por beber he's taken to drink, he's started drinkingle ha dado por el yoga she's got into yoga¡menos mal que me dio por preguntar por cuánto saldría! it's just as well it occurred to me to ask o I thought to ask how much it would be!darle a algn por ahí ( fam): ¿ahora hace pesas? — sí, le ha dado por ahí is he doing weights now? — yes, that's his latest craze o that's what he's into now¿por qué lo hiciste? — no sé, me dio por ahí why did you do it? — I don't know, I just felt like itcualquier día le da por ahí y la deja one of these days he'll just up and leave her2 darle a algn CON algo:le ha dado con que me conoce he's got it into his head he knows meC dar en(tender a): ha dado en salir acompañada por galanes jóvenes she has taken to being escorted in public by handsome young menha dado en esta locura she has got this crazy idea into her headlo que se ha dado en llamar `drogodependencia' what has come to be known as `drug-dependence'D«sol/viento/luz»: aquí da el sol toda la mañana you get the sun all morning heresiéntate aquí, donde da el sol sit down here in the sunen esa playa da mucho el viento it's very windy on that beachla luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyesE(acabar): ir/venir a dar: la pelota había ido a dar al jardín de al lado the ball had ended up in the next door garden¿cómo habrá venido a dar esto aquí? how on earth did this get here?■ darseA (producirse) to growen esta zona se da bien el trigo wheat grows well in this areaB(ocurrir) «caso/situación»: bien podría darse una situación así this kind of situation could well arise o occurse dio la circunstancia de que la alarma estaba desconectada the alarm happened to be disconnectedpara esto se tienen que dar las siguientes circunstancias this requires the following conditionsC (resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):se le dan muy bien los idiomas she's very good at languages¿cómo se te da a ti la costura? how are you at sewing?, how's your sewing?A (dedicarse, entregarse) darse A algo:se dio a la bebida she took to drink, she hit the bottle ( colloq)se da a la buena vida he spends his time having fun o living it upse ha dado por entero a su familia/a la causa she has devoted herself entirely to her family/to the causeB( RPl) (tratarse, ser sociable) darse CON algn: no se da con la familia del marido she doesn't have much to do with her husband's familyA ( refl)(realizar la acción indicada): voy a darme una ducha I'm going to take o have a showervamos a darnos un banquete we're going to have a feastdárselas de algo: se las da de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he knows a lotva dándoselas de rico y no tiene un duro he makes out he's rich but he hasn't got a penny¿pero ése de qué se las da? si es un obrero como tú y yo who does he think he is? he's just another worker like you and meno te las des de listo don't act so smartB1(golpearse, pegarse): se dio con el martillo en el dedo he hit his finger with the hammerno te vayas a dar con la cabeza contra el techo don't hit o bang your head on the ceilingse dieron contra un árbol they crashed o went into a treese va a dar un golpe en la cabeza/espalda he's going to hit o bump his head/hit his backse dio con la nariz or de narices contra la puerta he ran/walked straight into the door, he went smack into the door ( colloq)2 ( refl):darse (de) golpes to hit oneself¡podría darme (de) patadas! I could kick myself!3 ( recípr):se estaban dando (de) patadas/tortazos en plena calle they were kicking/punching each other right there on the streetSentido IV (considerarse) darse POR algo:con eso me daría por satisfecha I'd be quite happy with thatno se dará por vencida hasta que lo consiga she won't give up until she gets itpuedes darte por contento de haber salido con vida you can count yourself lucky you weren't killedno quiere darse por enterado he doesn't want to know* * *
dar ( conjugate dar) verbo transitivo
1
déme un kilo de peras can I have a kilo of pears?;
See Also→ conocer verbo transitivo 3 b, entender verbo transitivo
2
‹información/idea› to give
3
4 ( conceder) ‹prórroga/permiso› to give;
nos dieron un premio we won o got a prize
5
◊ ¿le diste las gracias? did you thank him?, did you say thank you?;
dales saludos give/send them my regards;
tuve que darle la noticia I was the one who had to break the news to himb) (señalar, indicar): me da ocupado or (Esp) comunicando the line's busy o (BrE) engaged;
1
‹ dividendos› to pay;
b) (AmL) ( alcanzar hasta):◊ da 150 kilómetros por hora it can do o go 150 kilometres an hour;
venía a todo lo que daba it was travelling at full speed;
ponen la radio a todo lo que da they turn the radio on full blast
2 (causar, provocar) ‹placer/susto› to give;
‹ problemas› to cause;
el calor le dio sueño/sed the heat made him sleepy/thirsty
1 ( presentar) ‹ concierto› to give;◊ ¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? what's on TV tonight? (colloq);
¿dónde están dando esa película? where's that film showing?
2
‹baile/banquete› to hold;
‹ discurso› (AmL) to make
ver tb clase 4
( realizar la accion que se indica) ‹ grito› to give;
dame un beso give me a kiss;
ver tb golpe, paseo, vuelta, etc
( considerar) dar algo/a algn por algo:
ese tema lo doy por sabido I'm assuming you've already covered that topic;
¡dalo por hecho! consider it done!
verbo intransitivo
1
[ventana/balcón] to look onto, give onto;
[fachada/frente] to face
2 (ser suficiente, alcanzar) dar para algo/algn to be enough for sth/sb;
dar de sí ‹zapatos/jersey› to stretch
3 ( arrojar un resultado):
¿cuánto da la cuenta? what does it come to?;
a mí me dio 247 I made it (to be) 247
4 ( importar):
¡qué más da! what does it matter!;
¿qué más da? what difference does it make?;
me da igual I don't mind
5 ( en naipes) to deal
1
( como castigo) to smack sb;
el balón dio en el poste the ball hit the post
2 (accionar, mover) darle a algo ‹a botón/tecla› to press sth;
‹ a interruptor› to flick sth;
‹a manivela/volante› to turn sth
3
‹ solución› to hit upon, find;
‹ palabra› to come up with
4 (hablando de manías, ocurrencias) darle a algn por hacer algo ‹por pintar/cocinar› to take to doing sth;◊ le ha dado por decir que … he's started saying that …
5 [sol/luz]:
la luz le daba de lleno en los ojos the light was shining right in his eyes
darse verbo pronominal
1 ( producirse) [fruta/trigo] to grow
2 ( presentarse) [oportunidad/ocasión] to arise
3 ( resultar) (+ me/te/le etc):
◊ dárselas de algo: se las da de valiente/de que sabe mucho he likes to make out he's brave/he knows a lot;
dárselas de listo to act smartb) (golpearse, pegarse):
se dieron contra un árbol they crashed into a tree;
se dio dar un golpe en la rodilla he hit his knee
( considerarse) darse por algo:
ver tb aludir a, enterado 1
dar
I verbo transitivo
1 to give: dame la mano, hold my hand
2 (conceder) to give: mi padre me dio permiso, my father gave me permission
le doy toda la razón, I think he is quite right
3 (transmitir una noticia) to tell
(un recado, recuerdos) to pass on, give
dar las gracias, to thank
4 (retransmitir u ofrecer un espectáculo) to show, put on
5 (organizar una fiesta) to throw, give
6 (producir lana, miel, etc) to produce, yield
(fruto, flores) to bear
(beneficio, interés) to give, yield
7 (causar un dolor, malestar) dar dolor de cabeza, to give a headache
(un sentimiento) dar pena, to make sad
le da mucha vergüenza, he's very embarrassed
8 (proporcionar) to provide: su empresa da trabajo a cincuenta personas, his factory gives work to fifty people
9 (una conferencia, charla) to give
(impartir clases) to teach
(recibir una clase) to have
US to take
10 (presentir) me da (en la nariz/en el corazón) que eso va a salir bien, I have a feeling that everything is going to turn out well
11 (estropear) to ruin: me dio la noche con sus ronquidos, he spoilt my sleep with his snoring
12 (abrir el paso de la luz) to switch on
(del gas, agua) to turn on
13 (propinar una bofetada, un puntapié, etc) to hit, give
14 (aplicar una mano de pintura, cera) to apply, put on
(un masaje, medicamento) to give
15 (considerar) dar por, to assume, consider: lo dieron por muerto, he was given up for dead
ese dinero lo puedes dar por perdido, you can consider that money lost
dar por supuesto/sabido, to take for granted, to assume
16 (la hora, un reloj) to strike: aún no habían dado las ocho, it was not yet past eight o'clock
17 (realizar la acción que implica el objeto) dar un abrazo/susto, to give a hug/fright
dar un paseo, to go for a walk
dar una voz, to give a shout
II verbo intransitivo
1 (sobrevenir) le dio un ataque de nervios, she had an attack of hysterics
2 dar de comer/cenar, to provide with lunch/dinner 3 dar a, (mirar, estar orientado a) to look out onto, to overlook
(una puerta) to open onto, lead to: esa puerta da al jardín, this door leads out onto the garden 4 dar con, (una persona, objeto) to come across: no fuimos capaces de dar con la contraseña, we couldn't come up with the password
dimos con él, we found him 5 dar de sí, (una camiseta, bañador) to stretch, give 6 dar en, to hit: el sol me daba en los ojos, the sun was (shining) in my eyes 7 dar para, to be enough o sufficient for: ese dinero no me da para nada, this money isn't enough for me
♦ Locuciones: dar a alguien por: le dio por ponerse a cantar, she decided to start singing
le dio por nadar, he got it into his head to go swimming
dar a entender a alguien que..., to make sb understand that...
dar la mano a alguien, to shake hands with sb
dar para: el presupuesto no da para más, the budget will not stretch any further
dar que hablar, to set people talking
dar que pensar: el suceso dio que pensar, the incident gave people food for thought
dar a conocer, (noticia) to release
' dar' also found in these entries:
Spanish:
abasto
- abrigar
- acelerón
- acertar
- acogerse
- acomodar
- acreditar
- admitir
- aflojar
- agradecer
- alarma
- albergue
- alcance
- alerta
- alimentar
- alojamiento
- alta
- amagar
- apetecer
- apurar
- armar
- asesorar
- atinar
- baño
- batalla
- blanca
- blanco
- bola
- bote
- brazo
- brinco
- buena
- bueno
- cabezada
- cabida
- cada
- calabaza
- calentar
- callar
- callada
- callo
- campanada
- cancha
- cante
- cara
- carpetazo
- carrete
- casar
- chivatazo
- citar
English:
about-face
- about-turn
- act up
- advance
- amplify
- announce
- around
- attach
- attest
- back
- backpedal
- barge into
- bear
- beat
- beat up
- beg
- begrudge
- birth
- block
- bluster
- bolster
- bop
- boss about
- boss around
- bother
- bounce
- bound
- breast-feed
- brief
- buff
- bull's-eye
- butt
- call
- chase down
- checkmate
- cheer
- chime
- circle
- clout
- coach
- come across
- credence
- day
- deal
- death
- deliver
- deposit
- direct
- discharge
- disgust
* * *♦ vt1. [entregar, otorgar] to give;dar algo a alguien to give sth to sb, to give sb sth;da parte de sus ingresos a los necesitados she gives o donates part of her income to the poor;dame el azúcar, por favor could you pass o give me the sugar, please?;¡dámelo! give it to me!, give me it!;se lo di a mi hermano I gave it to my brother;daría cualquier cosa por saber lo que piensa I'd give anything to know what he's thinking2. [pagar] to give;[ofrecer en pago] to offer;¿cuánto te dieron por la casa? how much did they give you for the house?;el concesionario me da 2.000 euros por la moto vieja the dealer's offering 2,000 euros for my old motorbike;300 dólares, ¿quién da más? [en subasta] is there any advance on 300 dollars?3. [proporcionar] to give, to provide with;la salsa le da un sabor muy bueno the sauce gives it a very pleasant taste, the sauce makes it taste very nice;este color le da un aspecto diferente a la habitación this colour makes the room look different;le di instrucciones de cómo llegar a casa I gave her directions for getting to my house;no nos dio ninguna explicación sobre su ausencia he didn't give us o provide us with any explanation for his absence;le dimos ánimos para que siguiera con su trabajo we encouraged her to continue with her work;su familia hizo un gran esfuerzo por darle estudios universitarios his family went to a great deal of effort to enable him to go to university4. [conceder] to give;le han dado el Premio Nobel she has been awarded o given the Nobel Prize;le dieron una beca he was awarded o given a grant;yo no le daría demasiada importancia I wouldn't attach too much importance to it;al final me dieron la razón in the end they accepted that I was right;le dieron una semana más para presentar el informe they gave o allowed him one more week to hand in the report;me dieron permiso para ir al médico I got o was allowed time off work to go to the doctor;¿da su permiso para entrar? may I come in?;nos dieron facilidades de pago they offered us easy payment terms;los médicos no le dan más de seis meses de vida the doctors don't give him more than six months (to live);¿qué interpretación das a este descubrimiento? how would you interpret this discovery?dar la bienvenida a alguien to welcome sb;le di las gracias por su ayuda I thanked her for her help;fuimos a darles el pésame we went to offer them our condolences;dale recuerdos de mi parte give him my regards, say hello to him from me;dale la enhorabuena give her my congratulations;me dio su opinión al respecto he gave me his opinion on the matter;¿quién le dará la noticia? who's going to tell o give her the news?6. [producir] to give, to produce;[frutos, flores] to bear; [beneficios, intereses] to yield;estas vacas dan mucha leche these cows produce a lot of milk;esta cuenta da un 5 por ciento de interés this account offers a 5 percent interest rate, this account bears interest at 5 percent;esta lámpara da mucha luz this light is very bright;le dio tres hijos she bore him three children7. [provocar] to give;me da vergüenza/pena it makes me ashamed/sad;me da risa it makes me laugh;me da miedo it frightens me;¡me da una rabia que me traten así! it infuriates me that they should treat me in this way!;me dio un susto tremendo she gave me a real fright;el viaje me dio mucho sueño the journey made me really sleepy;da gusto leer un libro tan bien escrito it's a pleasure to read such a well-written book;los cacahuetes dan mucha sed peanuts make you very thirsty;este paseo me ha dado hambre this walk has made me hungry o given me an appetite;estas botas dan mucho calor these boots are very warm8. [luz, agua, gas] [encender] to turn o switch on;[suministrar por primera vez] to connect; [suministrar tras un corte] to turn back on9. [fiesta, cena] to have, to hold;dar una cena en honor de alguien to hold o give a dinner in sb's honour;darán una recepción después de la boda there will be a reception after the wedding10. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal11. [sujeto: reloj] to strike;el reloj dio las doce the clock struck twelve12. Cine, Teatro & TV to show;[concierto, interpretación] to give;¿qué dan esta noche en la tele? – dan una película del oeste what's on the TV tonight? – they're showing a western o there's a western on;dieron la ceremonia en directo they broadcast the ceremony livedio una patada a la pelota he kicked the ball;darle un golpe/una puñalada a alguien to hit/stab sbdar barniz a una silla to varnish a chair15. [señales, indicios] to show;dar pruebas de sensatez to show good sense;dar señales de vida to show signs of life16. [enseñar] to teach;[conferencia] to give;dar inglés/historia to teach English/history;dio una clase muy interesante she gave a very interesting class;mañana no daremos clase there won't be a class tomorrowdoy clases de piano con una profesora francesa I have piano classes with a French piano teacher;doy dos clases de francés a la semana I have two French classes a weekdar un suspiro to sigh, to give a sigh;dar un vistazo a to have a look at;dio lectura a los resultados de la elección she read out the election results;cuando se enteró de la noticia, dio saltos de alegría when he heard the news, he jumped for joy;voy a dar un paseo I'm going (to go) for a walkes tan pesado que me dio la tarde he's so boring that he ruined the afternoon for me;el bebé nos da las noches con sus lloros the baby never lets us get a decent night's sleepeso lo doy por hecho I take that for granted;doy por sentado que vendrás a la fiesta I take it for granted that o I assume you'll be coming to the party;doy por explicado este periodo histórico that's all I want to say about this period of history;doy esta discusión por terminada I consider this discussion to be over;dar a alguien por muerto to give sb up for dead22. RP [inyección] to give23. Compdonde las dan las toman you get what you deserve;no dar una to get everything wrong♦ vi1. [en naipes] [repartir] to deal;me toca dar a mí it's my deal2. [entregar]dame, que ya lo llevo yo give it to me, I'll carry it3. [horas] to strike;dieron las tres three o'clock struckla piedra dio contra el cristal the stone hit the window;como no te portes bien, te voy a dar if you don't behave, I'll smack you[botón, timbre] to press;dale al control remoto hit the remote control;dale al pedal press down on the pedal;Informátdale a la tecla de retorno hit o press return;dale a la manivela turn the handle[sujeto: pasillo, puerta] to lead to; [sujeto: casa, fachada] to face;todas las habitaciones dan al mar all the rooms look out onto o face the sea7. [sujeto: luz, viento]el sol daba de lleno en la habitación the sunlight was streaming into the room;la luz me daba directamente en la cara the light was shining directly in my face;aquí da mucho viento it's very windy here8. [encontrar]dar con algo/alguien to find sth/sb;he dado con la solución I've hit upon the solutionda de mamar a su hijo she breast-feeds her sonno dar ni para pipas: ¡eso no te da ni para pipas! that's not even enough to buy a bag of peanuts!aquello me dio que pensar that made me think12. [importar]¡y a ti qué más te da! what's it to you?;no vamos a poder ir al cine – ¡qué más da! we won't be able to go to the cinema – never mind!;y si no lo conseguimos, ¿qué más da? if we don't manage it, so what?;¡qué más da quién lo haga con tal de que lo haga bien! what does it matter o what difference does it make who does it as long as they do it properly?;lo siento, no voy a poder ayudar – da igual, no te preocupes I'm sorry but I won't be able to help – it doesn't matter, don't worry;¿vamos o nos quedamos? – da lo mismo should we go or should we stay? – it doesn't make any differencediste en el blanco, hay que intentar reducir las pérdidas you hit the nail on the head, we have to try and reduce our lossesahora le ha dado por no comer fruta now she's decided not to eat fruit;le dio por ponerse a cantar en medio de la clase he took it into his head to start singing in the middle of the class;¿está aprendiendo ruso? – sí, le ha dado por ahí is she learning Russian? – yes, that's her latest thing;Formaldar en hacer algo to take to doing sth;el viejo dio en leer libros de caballería the old man took to reading books on chivalry17.dar de sí [ropa, calzado] to give, to stretch;este sueldo da mucho de sí this salary goes a long way;estos zapatos no dan para más these shoes have had it;es un poco tonto, no da para más he's a bit stupid, he's not up to anything else18. [expresa enfado]te digo que pares y tú, ¡dale (que dale)! I've told you to stop, but you just carry on and on!;¡y dale con la música! there he goes again, playing loud music!;te hemos dicho que no menciones el tema, y tú, dale que te pego we've told you not to mention the subject, but you just carry on regardless o but here you are, bringing it up again;¡y dale! te lo he dicho bien claro, no voy a ir how many times do I have to tell you? o I've said it once and I'll say it again, I'm not going19. RP [comunicar]¿me darías con tu madre? could I speak to your mother?, could you put your mother on?;le doy con el Sr. Hualde I'll put you through to Mr Hualde20. CompFampara dar y tomar: había cerveza para dar y tomar there was loads of beer;Famdarle a: ¡cómo le da a la cerveza! he certainly likes his beer!;Famdarle algo a alguien: si no se calla me va a dar algo if he doesn't shut up soon, I'll go mad;si sigues trabajando así te va a dar algo you can't go on working like that;Esp muy Fam¡que le den!: ¿que no quiere cooperar? ¡que le den! he doesn't want to co-operate? well, stuff him!* * *<part dado>I v/t1 give; fiesta give, have;dar un salto/una patada jump/kick, give a jump/kick;dar miedo a frighten;el jamón me dio sed the ham made me thirsty;dar de comer/beber a alguien give s.o. something to eat/drink3 película show, screen4:el reloj dio las tres the clock struck three5:¡dale (que dale)! fam don’t keep on! fam ;y siguió dale que te pego fam and he kept on and onII v/idame give it to me, give me it2:3:dar con algo/alguien come across sth/s.o., find sth/s.o.;no di con el nombre I couldn’t think of the name4:dar para be enough for;no da para más it’s past its best5:le dio por insultar a su madre fam she started insulting her mother6:¡qué más da! what does it matter!;da igual it doesn’t matter7:en algo hit sth;el sol le daba en la cara he had the sun in his eyes, the sun was in his eyes8:dar por muerto a alguien give s.o. up for dead9:dar que hablar give people something to talk about;da que pensar it makes you think, it gives you something to think about* * *dar {22} vt1) : to give2) entregar: to deliver, to hand over3) : to hit, to strike4) : to yield, to produce5) : to perform6) : to give off, to emit7)dar como ordar por : to regard as, to considerdar vi1) alcanzar: to suffice, to be enoughno me da para dos pasajes: I don't have enough for two fares2)dar a ordar sobre : to overlook, to look out on3)dar con : to run into4)dar con : to hit upon (an idea)5)dar de sí : to give, to stretch* * *dar vb¿cuánto me das por lavarte el coche? how much will you give me for washing your car?2. (poner en las manos) to pass¿me da un kilo de naranjas, por favor? could I have a kilo of oranges, please?4. (poner en la televisión) to be on5. (ofrecer fiesta) to have7. (tener ataque, enfermedad) to have10. (encender, conectar) to turn on¿has dado el gas? have you turned the gas on?me dio las buenas noches he said goodnight to me / he wished me goodnightdar a to overlook / to look ontodar igual not to matter / not to mind¿qué más da? what difference does it make? -
11 over
'əuvə
1. preposition1) (higher than; above in position, number, authority etc: Hang that picture over the fireplace; He's over 90 years old.) sobre, encima de; más de2) (from one side to another, on or above the top of; on the other side of: He jumped over the gate; She fell over the cat; My friend lives over the street.) sobre, encima; al otro lado de3) (covering: He put his handkerchief over his face.) sobre4) (across: You find people like him all over the world.) por(todo)5) (about: a quarrel over money.) por, por motivos de, sobre6) (by means of: He spoke to her over the telephone.) por7) (during: Over the years, she grew to hate her husband.) durante, a través de, a lo largo de8) (while having etc: He fell asleep over his dinner.) durante
2. adverb1) (higher, moving etc above: The plane flew over about an hour ago.)2) (used to show movement, change of position: He rolled over on his back; He turned over the page.)3) (across: He went over and spoke to them.)4) (downwards: He fell over.)5) (higher in number etc: for people aged twenty and over.)6) (remaining: There are two cakes for each of us, and two over.)7) (through from beginning to end, carefully: Read it over; Talk it over between you.)
3. adjective(finished: The affair is over now.) por encima
4. noun((in cricket) a certain number of balls bowled from one end of the wicket: He bowled thirty overs in the match.) serie de seis lanzamientos
5. as part of a word1) (too (much), as in overdo.) demasiado, extra, exceso de2) (in a higher position, as in overhead.) por encima (de)3) (covering, as in overcoat.) sobre4) (down from an upright position, as in overturn.) hacia abajo5) (completely, as in overcome.) completamente•- over all
- over and done with
over1 adv1. a casawhy don't you come over to see us? ¿por qué no vienes a casa a vernos?2. acabado3. de sobraare there any strawberries over? ¿sobran fresas?over2 prep1. encima de / sobre2. más depeople over 65 las personas de más de 65 años / los mayores de 65 añostr['əʊvəSMALLr/SMALL]■ over here/there aquí/allí■ why don't you come over to dinner? ¿por qué no vienes a cenar a casa?5 (everywhere, throughout) en todas partes6 (again) otra vez■ over and over (again) repetidas veces, una y otra vez7 (remaining) sobrante■ are there any strawberries (left) over? ¿sobran fresas?, ¿quedan fresas?■ did you have any money over? ¿te sobró algún dinero?8 (too much) de más10 SMALLRADIO/SMALL (finished) corto■ over and out! ¡corto y fuera!1 (above, higher than) encima de2 (covering, on top of) sobre, encima de3 (across) sobre; (on the other side of) al otro lado de4 (during) durante5 (throughout) por6 (by the agency of) por7 (more than) más de8 (about) por9 (recovered from) recuperado,-a de10 (indicating control) sobre; (superior) por encima de1 (ended) acabado,-a, terminado,-a\SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALLover and above además deto be over and done with haber acabadoover ['o:vər] advhe flew over to London: voló a Londrescome on over!: ¡ven acá!the show ran 10 minutes over: el espectáculo terminó 10 minutos de tarde3) above, overhead: por encima4) again: otra vez, de nuevoover and over: una y otra vezto start over: volver a empezar5)all over everywhere: por todas partes6)to fall over : caerse7)to turn over : poner boca abajo, voltearover adj1) higher, upper: superior2) remaining: sobrante, que sobra3) ended: terminado, acabadothe work is over: el trabajo está terminadoover prep1) above: encima de, arriba de, sobreover the fireplace: encima de la chimeneathe hawk flew over the hills: el halcón voló sobre los cerros2) : más deover $50: más de $503) along: por, sobreto glide over the ice: deslizarse sobre el hielothey showed me over the house: me mostraron la casa5) across: por encima de, sobrehe jumped over the ditch: saltó por encima de la zanja6) upon: sobrea cape over my shoulders: una capa sobre los hombros7) on: porto speak over the telephone: hablar por teléfono8) during: en, duranteover the past 25 years: durante los últimos 25 años9) because of: porthey fought over the money: se pelearon por el dineroexpr.• cambio expr.adj.• concluido, -a adj.adv.• al otro lado adv.• encima adv.• encima de adv.• por encima adv.prep.• durante prep.• encima de prep.• más de prep.• por prep.• sobre prep.
II
1) preposition2) ( across)to sling something over one's shoulder — colgarse* algo del hombro
they live over the road — (BrE) viven en frente
3)a) ( above) encima dethe portrait hangs over the fireplace — el retrato está colgado encima de or (AmL tb) arriba de la chimenea
b) ( Math) sobre4) (covering, on)5)a) (through, all around)to show somebody over a building/an estate — mostrarle* or (esp Esp) enseñarle un edificio/una finca a alguien
b) (referring to experiences, illnesses)is she over her measles yet? — ¿ya se ha repuesto del sarampión?
6) (during, in the course of)over the past/next few years — en or durante los últimos/próximos años
spread (out) over a six-week period — a lo largo de seis semanas, en un plazo de seis semanas
7) ( by the medium of) por8) (about, on account of)9) all overa) ( over entire surface of)to be all over somebody — (colloq) ( defeat heavily) darle* una paliza a alguien (fam); ( be demonstrative toward)
b) ( throughout)10)a) ( more than) más deb)over and above — ( in addition to) además de
11)a) ( senior to) por encima deb) ( indicating superiority) sobreto have control over somebody/something — tener* control sobre alguien/algo
12) ( in comparison to)sales are up 20% over last year — las ventas han aumentado un 20% con respecto al año pasado
III
['ǝʊvǝ(r)] When over is the second element in a phrasal verb, eg come over, go over, start over, turn over, look up the verb.1. ADVERB1) (=across) por encima, por arriba (LAm)2) (=here, there)With prepositions and adverbs [over] is usually not translated•
they're over from Canada for the summer — han venido desde Canadá a pasar el veranohow long have you lived over here? — ¿cuánto tiempo llevas viviendo aquí?
•
he's over in the States at the moment — en este momento está en Estados Unidosover in the States, people reacted differently — (allí) en Estados Unidos la gente reaccionó de otra manera
•
it's over on the other side of town — está al otro lado de la ciudadhow long were you over there? — ¿cuánto tiempo estuviste allí?
•
the baby crawled over to its mother — el bebé gateó hacia su madreover to you! — (to speak) ¡te paso la palabra!
so now it's over to you — (to decide) así que ahora te toca a ti decidir
•
it happened all over again — volvió a ocurrir, ocurrió otra vez•
over and over (again) — repetidas veces, una y otra vez•
several times over — varias veces seguidas4) (US) (=again) otra vezto do sth over — volver a hacer algo, hacer algo otra vez
5) (=remaining)there are three (left) over — sobran or quedan tres
is there any cake left over? — ¿queda or sobra (algo de) pastel?
when they've paid the bills there's nothing (left) over for luxuries — después de pagar las facturas no les sobra or queda nada para caprichos
6) (=more)•
sums of £50,000 and over — cantidades iguales or superiores a 50.000 libras7) (Telec)over! — ¡cambio!
over and out! — ¡cambio y corto!
•
over against — (lit) contra; (fig) frente a•
the (whole) world over — en or por todo el mundo, en el mundo entero2. PREPOSITION1) (indicating position) (=situated above) encima de, arriba de (LAm); (=across) por encima de, por arriba de (LAm)•
pour some sauce over it — échale un poco de salsa por encima•
I put a blanket over her — le eché una manta por encimaall 3., 2), head 1., 1), hill 1.•
to spread a sheet over sth — extender una sábana sobre or por encima de algo2) (=superior to)3) (=on the other side of)4) (=more than) más dean increase of 5% over last year — un aumento del 5 por ciento respecto al año pasado
•
spending has gone up by 7% over and above inflation — el gasto ha aumentado un 7% por encima de la inflaciónyes, but over and above that, we must... — sí, pero además de eso, debemos...
well II, 1., 2), a)over and above the fact that... — además de que...
5) (=during) duranteover the winter — durante or en el invierno
why don't we discuss it over dinner? — ¿por qué no vamos a cenar y lo hablamos?
how long will you be over it? — ¿cuánto tiempo te va a llevar?
lingerhe took or spent hours over the preparations — dedicó muchas horas a los preparativos
6) (=because of) por7) (=about) sobrethe two sides disagreed over how much should be spent — ambas partes discrepaban sobre cuánto debería gastarse
8) (=recovered from)he's not over that yet — (illness) todavía no se ha repuesto de aquello; (shock) todavía no se ha repuesto de or sobrepuesto a aquello
she's over it now — (illness) se ha repuesto de eso ya
it'll take her years to get over it — (shock) tardará años en sobreponerse
I hope you'll soon be over your cold — espero que se te pase pronto el resfriado, espero que te repongas pronto del resfriado
I heard it over the radio — lo escuché or oí por la radio
10) (=contrasted with)3.ADJECTIVE (=finished)when or after the war is over, we'll go... — cuando (se) acabe la guerra, nos iremos...
I'll be happy when the exams are over — seré feliz cuando (se) hayan acabado or terminado los exámenes
•
it's all over — se acabó•
I'll be glad when it's all over and done with — estaré contento cuando todo (se) haya acabado or terminadoto get sth over and done with: if we've got to tell her, best get it over and done with — si tenemos que decírselo, cuanto antes (lo hagamos) mejor
4.NOUN (Cricket) serie f de seis lanzamientos* * *
II
1) preposition2) ( across)to sling something over one's shoulder — colgarse* algo del hombro
they live over the road — (BrE) viven en frente
3)a) ( above) encima dethe portrait hangs over the fireplace — el retrato está colgado encima de or (AmL tb) arriba de la chimenea
b) ( Math) sobre4) (covering, on)5)a) (through, all around)to show somebody over a building/an estate — mostrarle* or (esp Esp) enseñarle un edificio/una finca a alguien
b) (referring to experiences, illnesses)is she over her measles yet? — ¿ya se ha repuesto del sarampión?
6) (during, in the course of)over the past/next few years — en or durante los últimos/próximos años
spread (out) over a six-week period — a lo largo de seis semanas, en un plazo de seis semanas
7) ( by the medium of) por8) (about, on account of)9) all overa) ( over entire surface of)to be all over somebody — (colloq) ( defeat heavily) darle* una paliza a alguien (fam); ( be demonstrative toward)
b) ( throughout)10)a) ( more than) más deb)over and above — ( in addition to) además de
11)a) ( senior to) por encima deb) ( indicating superiority) sobreto have control over somebody/something — tener* control sobre alguien/algo
12) ( in comparison to)sales are up 20% over last year — las ventas han aumentado un 20% con respecto al año pasado
III
-
12 end
1. n конец, окончаниеhappy end — счастливый конец; счастливая развязка
to bring to an end — закончить, завершить
to come to an end, to be at an end — прийти к концу, кончиться
in the end — в конце концов, в конечном счёте
to the end of time — вечно, на веки веков
end format — конец команды «формат», начало набора текста
2. n конец, последняя, заключительная часть; завершениеa story without an end — рассказ, который ничем не кончается
the but end of the house — часть дома, выходящая на улицу
3. n смерть, кончина, конецto be the end — довести до гибели, прикончить
4. n прекращение существованияthat will be the end of all war — это положит конец всякой войне, войны исчезнут навсегда
5. v кончать; заканчивать6. v кончаться, завершаться7. v прекращать8. v редк. кончиться, умереть9. v уст. прикончить, убитьСинонимический ряд:1. back (noun) back; posterior; tail end2. border (noun) border; boundary; confines3. butt (noun) bit; butt; fragment; remnant; scrap; shard4. cease (noun) attainment; bound; cease; cessation; close; closing; closure; completion; conclusion; consummation; denouement; desistance; desuetude; discontinuance; discontinuation; ending; epilogue; extreme; extremity; finale; finish; fulfillment; last; limit; limitation; period; stop; swan song; term; termination; terminus; windup; wrap-up5. rear (noun) rear; tail6. view (noun) aim; design; drift; goal; intent; intention; meaning; object; objective; plan; point; purpose; reason; target; view7. close (verb) close; complete; conclude; consummate; crown; determine; do; finish; fulfil; fulfill; quit; terminate; ultimate; wind up; wrap up8. die (verb) depart; die; expire; pass away9. stop (verb) abort; cease; desist; discontinue; halt; pass; stop; vanishАнтонимический ряд:accomplishment; begin; beginning; cause; commence; commencement; continue; enter upon; establish; found; foundation; front; inaugurate; inauguration; inception; initiate; initiation; introduction; start -
13 Economy
Portugal's economy, under the influence of the European Economic Community (EEC), and later with the assistance of the European Union (EU), grew rapidly in 1985-86; through 1992, the average annual growth was 4-5 percent. While such growth rates did not last into the late 1990s, portions of Portugal's society achieved unprecedented prosperity, although poverty remained entrenched. It is important, however, to place this current growth, which includes some not altogether desirable developments, in historical perspective. On at least three occasions in this century, Portugal's economy has experienced severe dislocation and instability: during the turbulent First Republic (1911-25); during the Estado Novo, when the world Depression came into play (1930-39); and during the aftermath of the Revolution of 25 April, 1974. At other periods, and even during the Estado Novo, there were eras of relatively steady growth and development, despite the fact that Portugal's weak economy lagged behind industrialized Western Europe's economies, perhaps more than Prime Minister Antônio de Oliveira Salazar wished to admit to the public or to foreigners.For a number of reasons, Portugal's backward economy underwent considerable growth and development following the beginning of the colonial wars in Africa in early 1961. Recent research findings suggest that, contrary to the "stagnation thesis" that states that the Estado Novo economy during the last 14 years of its existence experienced little or no growth, there were important changes, policy shifts, structural evolution, and impressive growth rates. In fact, the average annual gross domestic product (GDP) growth rate (1961-74) was about 7 percent. The war in Africa was one significant factor in the post-1961 economic changes. The new costs of finance and spending on the military and police actions in the African and Asian empires in 1961 and thereafter forced changes in economic policy.Starting in 1963-64, the relatively closed economy was opened up to foreign investment, and Lisbon began to use deficit financing and more borrowing at home and abroad. Increased foreign investment, residence, and technical and military assistance also had effects on economic growth and development. Salazar's government moved toward greater trade and integration with various international bodies by signing agreements with the European Free Trade Association and several international finance groups. New multinational corporations began to operate in the country, along with foreign-based banks. Meanwhile, foreign tourism increased massively from the early 1960s on, and the tourism industry experienced unprecedented expansion. By 1973-74, Portugal received more than 8 million tourists annually for the first time.Under Prime Minister Marcello Caetano, other important economic changes occurred. High annual economic growth rates continued until the world energy crisis inflation and a recession hit Portugal in 1973. Caetano's system, through new development plans, modernized aspects of the agricultural, industrial, and service sectors and linked reform in education with plans for social change. It also introduced cadres of forward-looking technocrats at various levels. The general motto of Caetano's version of the Estado Novo was "Evolution with Continuity," but he was unable to solve the key problems, which were more political and social than economic. As the boom period went "bust" in 1973-74, and growth slowed greatly, it became clear that Caetano and his governing circle had no way out of the African wars and could find no easy compromise solution to the need to democratize Portugal's restive society. The economic background of the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was a severe energy shortage caused by the world energy crisis and Arab oil boycott, as well as high general inflation, increasing debts from the African wars, and a weakening currency. While the regime prescribed greater Portuguese investment in Africa, in fact Portuguese businesses were increasingly investing outside of the escudo area in Western Europe and the United States.During the two years of political and social turmoil following the Revolution of 25 April 1974, the economy weakened. Production, income, reserves, and annual growth fell drastically during 1974-76. Amidst labor-management conflict, there was a burst of strikes, and income and productivity plummeted. Ironically, one factor that cushioned the economic impact of the revolution was the significant gold reserve supply that the Estado Novo had accumulated, principally during Salazar's years. Another factor was emigration from Portugal and the former colonies in Africa, which to a degree reduced pressures for employment. The sudden infusion of more than 600,000 refugees from Africa did increase the unemployment rate, which in 1975 was 10-15 percent. But, by 1990, the unemployment rate was down to about 5-6 percent.After 1985, Portugal's economy experienced high growth rates again, which averaged 4-5 percent through 1992. Substantial economic assistance from the EEC and individual countries such as the United States, as well as the political stability and administrative continuity that derived from majority Social Democratic Party (PSD) governments starting in mid-1987, supported new growth and development in the EEC's second poorest country. With rapid infrastruc-tural change and some unregulated development, Portugal's leaders harbored a justifiable concern that a fragile environment and ecology were under new, unacceptable pressures. Among other improvements in the standard of living since 1974 was an increase in per capita income. By 1991, the average minimum monthly wage was about 40,000 escudos, and per capita income was about $5,000 per annum. By the end of the 20th century, despite continuing poverty at several levels in Portugal, Portugal's economy had made significant progress. In the space of 15 years, Portugal had halved the large gap in living standards between itself and the remainder of the EU. For example, when Portugal joined the EU in 1986, its GDP, in terms of purchasing power-parity, was only 53 percent of the EU average. By 2000, Portugal's GDP had reached 75 percent of the EU average, a considerable achievement. Whether Portugal could narrow this gap even further in a reasonable amount of time remained a sensitive question in Lisbon. Besides structural poverty and the fact that, in 2006, the EU largesse in structural funds (loans and grants) virtually ceased, a major challenge for Portugal's economy will be to reduce the size of the public sector (about 50 percent of GDP is in the central government) to increase productivity, attract outside investment, and diversify the economy. For Portugal's economic planners, the 21st century promises to be challenging. -
14 Foreign policy
The guiding principle of Portuguese foreign policy since the founding of the monarchy in the 12th century has been the maintenance of Portugal's status first as an independent kingdom and, later, as a sovereign nation-state. For the first 800 years of its existence, Portuguese foreign policy and diplomacy sought to maintain the independence of the Portuguese monarchy, especially in relationship to the larger and more powerful Spanish monarchy. During this period, the Anglo- Portuguese Alliance, which began with a treaty of commerce and friendship signed between the kings of Portugal and England in 1386 (the Treaty of Windsor) and continued with the Methuen Treaty in 1703, sought to use England ( Great Britain after 1707) as a counterweight to its landward neighbor, Spain.As three invasions of Portugal by Napoleon's armies during the first decade of the 19th century proved, however, Spain was not the only threat to Portugal's independence and security. Portugal's ally, Britain, provided a counterweight also to a threatening France on more than one occasion between 1790 and 1830. During the 19th century, Portugal's foreign policy became largely subordinate to that of her oldest ally, Britain, and standard Portuguese histories describe Portugal's situation as that of a "protectorate" of Britain. In two key aspects during this time of international weakness and internal turmoil, Portugal's foreign policy was under great pressure from her ally, world power Britain: responses to European conflicts and to the situation of Portugal's scattered, largely impoverished overseas empire. Portugal's efforts to retain massive, resource-rich Brazil in her empire failed by 1822, when Brazil declared its independence. Britain's policy of favoring greater trade and commerce opportunities in an autonomous Brazil was at odds with Portugal's desperate efforts to hold Brazil.Following the loss of Brazil and a renewed interest in empire in tropical Africa, Portugal sought to regain a more independent initiative in her foreign policy and, especially after 1875, overseas imperial questions dominated foreign policy concerns. From this juncture, through the first Republic (1910-26) and during the Estado Novo, a primary purpose of Portuguese foreign policy was to maintain Portuguese India, Macau, and its colonies in Africa: Angola, Mozambique, and Guinea- Bissau. Under the direction of the dictator, Antônio de Oliveira Salazar, further efforts were made to reclaim a measure of independence of foreign policy, despite the tradition of British dominance. Salazar recognized the importance of an Atlantic orientation of the country's foreign policy. As Herbert Pell, U.S. Ambassador to Portugal (1937-41), observed in a June 1939 report to the U.S. Department of State, Portugal's leaders understood that Portugal must side with "that nation which dominates the Atlantic."During the 1930s, greater efforts were made in Lisbon in economic, financial, and foreign policy initiatives to assert a greater measure of flexibility in her dependence on ally Britain. German economic interests made inroads in an economy whose infrastructure in transportation, communication, and commerce had long been dominated by British commerce and investors. Portugal's foreign policy during World War II was challenged as both Allied and Axis powers tested the viability of Portugal's official policy of neutrality, qualified by a customary bow to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. Antônio de Oliveira Salazar, who served as minister of foreign affairs, as well as prime minister, during 1936-45, sought to sell his version of neutrality to both sides in the war and to do so in a way that would benefit Portugal's still weak economy and finance. Portugal's status as a neutral was keenly tested in several cases, including Portugal's agreeing to lease military bases to Britain and the United States in the Azores Islands and in the wolfram (tungsten ore) question. Portugal's foreign policy experienced severe pressures from the Allies in both cases, and Salazar made it clear to his British and American counterparts that Portugal sought to claim the right to make independent choices in policy, despite Portugal's military and economic weakness. In tense diplomatic negotiations with the Allies over Portugal's wolfram exports to Germany as of 1944, Salazar grew disheartened and briefly considered resigning over the wolfram question. Foreign policy pressure on this question diminished quickly on 6 June 1944, as Salazar decreed that wolfram mining, sales, and exports to both sides would cease for the remainder of the war. After the United States joined the Allies in the war and pursued an Atlantic strategy, Portugal discovered that her relationship with the dominant ally in the emerging United Nations was changing and that the U.S. would replace Britain as the key Atlantic ally during succeeding decades. Beginning in 1943-44, and continuing to 1949, when Portugal became, with the United States, a founding member of North Atlantic Treaty Organization (NATO), Luso-American relations assumed center stage in her foreign policy.During the Cold War, Portuguese foreign policy was aligned with that of the United States and its allies in Western Europe. After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, the focus of Portuguese foreign policy shifted away from defending and maintaining the African colonies toward integration with Europe. Since Portugal became a member of the European Economic Community in 1986, and this evolved into the European Union (EU), all Portuguese governments have sought to align Portugal's foreign policy with that of the EU in general and to be more independent of the United States. Since 1986, Portugal's bilateral commercial and diplomatic relations with Britain, France, and Spain have strengthened, especially those with Spain, which are more open and mutually beneficial than at any other time in history.Within the EU, Portugal has sought to play a role in the promotion of democracy and human rights, while maintaining its security ties to NATO. Currently, a Portuguese politician, José Manuel Durão Barroso, is president of the Commission of the EU, and Portugal has held the six-month rotating presidency of the EU three times, in 1992, 2000, and 2007. -
15 Luso-Tropicalism
An anthropological and sociol ogical theory or complex of ideas allegedly showing a process of civilization relating to the significance of Portuguese activity in the tropics of Africa, Asia, and the Americas since 1415. As a theory and method of social science analysis, Luso-Tropicalism is a 20th-century phenomenon that has both academic and political (foreign and colonial policy) relevance. While the theory was based in part on French concepts of the "science of tropicology" in anthropology, it was Gilberto Freyre, an eminent Brazilian sociologist-anthropologist, who developed Luso-Tropicalism as an academic theory of the unique qualities of the Portuguese style of imperial activity in the tropics. In lectures, articles, and books during the period 1930-60, Freyre coined the term Luso-Tropicalism to describe Portuguese civilization in the tropics and to claim that the Portuguese, more than any other European colonizing people, successfully adapted their civilization to the tropics.From 1960 on, the academic theory was co-opted to lend credence to Portugal's colonial policy and determination to continue colonial rule in her large, remaining African empire. Freyre's Luso-Tropicalism theme was featured in the elaborate Fifth Centenary of the Death of Prince Henry the Navigator celebrations held in Lisbon in 1960 and in a massive series of publications produced in the 1960s to defend Portugal's policies in its empire, the first to be established and the last to decolonize in the Third World. Freyre's academic theory and his international prestige as a scholar who had put the sociology of Brazil on the world map were eagerly adopted and adapted by the Estado Novo. A major thesis of this interesting but somewhat disorganized mass of material was that the Portuguese were less racist and prejudiced toward the tropical peoples they encountered than were other Europeans.As African wars of insurgency began in Portugal's empire during 1961-64, and as the United Nations put pressures on Portugal, Luso-Tropicalism was tested and contested not only in academia and the press, but in international politics and diplomacy. Following the decolonization of Portugal's empire during 1974 and 1975 (although Macau remained the last colony to the late 1990s), debate over the notion of Luso-Tropicalism died down. With the onset of the 500-year anniversary celebrations of the Portuguese Age of Discoveries and Exploration, beginning in 1988, however, a whiff of the essence of Luso- Tropicalism reappeared in selected aspects of the commemorative literature. -
16 Psychology
We come therefore now to that knowledge whereunto the ancient oracle directeth us, which is the knowledge of ourselves; which deserveth the more accurate handling, by how much it toucheth us more nearly. This knowledge, as it is the end and term of natural philosophy in the intention of man, so notwithstanding it is but a portion of natural philosophy in the continent of nature.... [W]e proceed to human philosophy or Humanity, which hath two parts: the one considereth man segregate, or distributively; the other congregate, or in society. So as Human philosophy is either Simple and Particular, or Conjugate and Civil. Humanity Particular consisteth of the same parts whereof man consisteth; that is, of knowledges which respect the Body, and of knowledges that respect the Mind... how the one discloseth the other and how the one worketh upon the other... [:] the one is honored with the inquiry of Aristotle, and the other of Hippocrates. (Bacon, 1878, pp. 236-237)The claims of Psychology to rank as a distinct science are... not smaller but greater than those of any other science. If its phenomena are contemplated objectively, merely as nervo-muscular adjustments by which the higher organisms from moment to moment adapt their actions to environing co-existences and sequences, its degree of specialty, even then, entitles it to a separate place. The moment the element of feeling, or consciousness, is used to interpret nervo-muscular adjustments as thus exhibited in the living beings around, objective Psychology acquires an additional, and quite exceptional, distinction. (Spencer, 1896, p. 141)Kant once declared that psychology was incapable of ever raising itself to the rank of an exact natural science. The reasons that he gives... have often been repeated in later times. In the first place, Kant says, psychology cannot become an exact science because mathematics is inapplicable to the phenomena of the internal sense; the pure internal perception, in which mental phenomena must be constructed,-time,-has but one dimension. In the second place, however, it cannot even become an experimental science, because in it the manifold of internal observation cannot be arbitrarily varied,-still less, another thinking subject be submitted to one's experiments, comformably to the end in view; moreover, the very fact of observation means alteration of the observed object. (Wundt, 1904, p. 6)It is [Gustav] Fechner's service to have found and followed the true way; to have shown us how a "mathematical psychology" may, within certain limits, be realized in practice.... He was the first to show how Herbart's idea of an "exact psychology" might be turned to practical account. (Wundt, 1904, pp. 6-7)"Mind," "intellect," "reason," "understanding," etc. are concepts... that existed before the advent of any scientific psychology. The fact that the naive consciousness always and everywhere points to internal experience as a special source of knowledge, may, therefore, be accepted for the moment as sufficient testimony to the rights of psychology as science.... "Mind," will accordingly be the subject, to which we attribute all the separate facts of internal observation as predicates. The subject itself is determined p. 17) wholly and exclusively by its predicates. (Wundt, 1904,The study of animal psychology may be approached from two different points of view. We may set out from the notion of a kind of comparative physiology of mind, a universal history of the development of mental life in the organic world. Or we may make human psychology the principal object of investigation. Then, the expressions of mental life in animals will be taken into account only so far as they throw light upon the evolution of consciousness in man.... Human psychology... may confine itself altogether to man, and generally has done so to far too great an extent. There are plenty of psychological text-books from which you would hardly gather that there was any other conscious life than the human. (Wundt, 1907, pp. 340-341)The Behaviorist began his own formulation of the problem of psychology by sweeping aside all medieval conceptions. He dropped from his scientific vocabulary all subjective terms such as sensation, perception, image, desire, purpose, and even thinking and emotion as they were subjectively defined. (Watson, 1930, pp. 5-6)According to the medieval classification of the sciences, psychology is merely a chapter of special physics, although the most important chapter; for man is a microcosm; he is the central figure of the universe. (deWulf, 1956, p. 125)At the beginning of this century the prevailing thesis in psychology was Associationism.... Behavior proceeded by the stream of associations: each association produced its successors, and acquired new attachments with the sensations arriving from the environment.In the first decade of the century a reaction developed to this doctrine through the work of the Wurzburg school. Rejecting the notion of a completely self-determining stream of associations, it introduced the task ( Aufgabe) as a necessary factor in describing the process of thinking. The task gave direction to thought. A noteworthy innovation of the Wurzburg school was the use of systematic introspection to shed light on the thinking process and the contents of consciousness. The result was a blend of mechanics and phenomenalism, which gave rise in turn to two divergent antitheses, Behaviorism and the Gestalt movement. The behavioristic reaction insisted that introspection was a highly unstable, subjective procedure.... Behaviorism reformulated the task of psychology as one of explaining the response of organisms as a function of the stimuli impinging upon them and measuring both objectively. However, Behaviorism accepted, and indeed reinforced, the mechanistic assumption that the connections between stimulus and response were formed and maintained as simple, determinate functions of the environment.The Gestalt reaction took an opposite turn. It rejected the mechanistic nature of the associationist doctrine but maintained the value of phenomenal observation. In many ways it continued the Wurzburg school's insistence that thinking was more than association-thinking has direction given to it by the task or by the set of the subject. Gestalt psychology elaborated this doctrine in genuinely new ways in terms of holistic principles of organization.Today psychology lives in a state of relatively stable tension between the poles of Behaviorism and Gestalt psychology.... (Newell & Simon, 1963, pp. 279-280)As I examine the fate of our oppositions, looking at those already in existence as guide to how they fare and shape the course of science, it seems to me that clarity is never achieved. Matters simply become muddier and muddier as we go down through time. Thus, far from providing the rungs of a ladder by which psychology gradually climbs to clarity, this form of conceptual structure leads rather to an ever increasing pile of issues, which we weary of or become diverted from, but never really settle. (Newell, 1973b, pp. 288-289)The subject matter of psychology is as old as reflection. Its broad practical aims are as dated as human societies. Human beings, in any period, have not been indifferent to the validity of their knowledge, unconcerned with the causes of their behavior or that of their prey and predators. Our distant ancestors, no less than we, wrestled with the problems of social organization, child rearing, competition, authority, individual differences, personal safety. Solving these problems required insights-no matter how untutored-into the psychological dimensions of life. Thus, if we are to follow the convention of treating psychology as a young discipline, we must have in mind something other than its subject matter. We must mean that it is young in the sense that physics was young at the time of Archimedes or in the sense that geometry was "founded" by Euclid and "fathered" by Thales. Sailing vessels were launched long before Archimedes discovered the laws of bouyancy [ sic], and pillars of identical circumference were constructed before anyone knew that C IID. We do not consider the ship builders and stone cutters of antiquity physicists and geometers. Nor were the ancient cave dwellers psychologists merely because they rewarded the good conduct of their children. The archives of folk wisdom contain a remarkable collection of achievements, but craft-no matter how perfected-is not science, nor is a litany of successful accidents a discipline. If psychology is young, it is young as a scientific discipline but it is far from clear that psychology has attained this status. (Robinson, 1986, p. 12)Historical dictionary of quotations in cognitive science > Psychology
См. также в других словарях:
period — [pir′ē əd] n. [ME paryode < MFr periode < L periodus < Gr periodos, a going around, cycle < peri , around + hodos, way < IE base * sed , to go > Sans ā sad , go toward] 1. the interval between recurrent astronomical events, as… … English World dictionary
BEGINNING UNTIL THE MONARCHY — the patriarchs of israel the exodus and wanderings in sinai the conquest and settlement of canaan the judges The Patriarchs of Israel The beginning of the history of Israel, like that of many other nations, is obscure. The passage of time caused… … Encyclopedia of Judaism
Period (music) — A period is a phrase consisting usually of an antecedent and consequent and totaling about 8 measures in length (though this varies depending on meter and tempo). Generally, the antecedent ends in a half cadence while the consequent ends in an… … Wikipedia
Cambrian Period — Oldest time division of the Paleozoic Era. During the Cambrian, 543–490 million years ago, there were widespread seas and several scattered landmasses. The largest continent was Gondwana. The average climate was probably warmer than today, with… … Universalium
Fichte and Schilling: the Jena period — Daniel Breazeale FROM KANT TO FICHTE An observer of the German philosophical landscape of the 1790s would have surveyed a complex and confusing scene, in which individuals tended to align themselves with particular factions or “schools,”… … History of philosophy
Meiji period — History of Japan Meiji Constitution promulgation Paleolithic 35,000–14,000 BC Jōmon period 14,000–300 BC Yayoi period 300 BC–250 AD Kofun period 250–538 … Wikipedia
Tertiary Period — Interval of geologic time, 65–1. 8 million years ago. It constitutes the first of the two periods of the Cenozoic Era, the second being the Quaternary. The Tertiary has five subdivisions: (from oldest to youngest) the Paleocene, Eocene, Oligocene … Universalium
Second Stadtholderless Period — The Second Stadtholderless Period or Era ( nl. Tweede Stadhouderloze Tijdperk) is the designation in Dutch historiography of the period between the death of stadtholder William III on March 19 [This is the date from the Gregorian calendar that… … Wikipedia
Jerusalem during the Crusader period — The Crusader period in the history of Jerusalem began with the conquest of the city by the Crusader army in 1099, during the First Crusade, as it is now known, Jerusalem became the capital of the kingdom for the crusading Christians, these events … Wikipedia
Taishō period — The nihongo|Taishō period|大正時代|Taishō jidai|extra= period of great righteousness , or Taishō era, is a period in the history of Japan dating from July 30, 1912 to December 25, 1926, coinciding with the reign of the Taishō Emperor. The health of… … Wikipedia
Triassic Period — Interval of geologic time, с 248–206 million years ago, that marks the beginning of the Mesozoic Era. Many new vertebrates emerged during the Triassic, heralding the major changes that were to occur in both terrestrial and marine life forms… … Universalium
